•

Head Offic : B-32, Shivalik Main Road, Malviya Nagar, New Delhi-110017

• Sales Offic : B-48, Shivalik Main Road, Malviya Nagar, New Delhi-110017
Tel. : 011-26691021 / 26691713

Page Layout : Prakash Chandra Sahoo

Typeset by Disha DTP Team

DISHA PUBLICATION
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED

© Copyright Author

No part of this publication may be reproduced in any form without prior permission of the publisher. The author and the
publisher do not take any legal responsibility for any errors or misrepresentations that might have crept in. We have
tried and made our best efforts to provide accurate up-to-date information in this book.

For further information about the books from DISHA,

Log on to www.dishapublication.com or email to [email protected]
 STUDY PACKAGE IN PHYSICS FOR JEE MAIN & ADVANCED
Booklet No. Title Chapter Nos. Page Nos.
Ch 0. Mathematics Used in Physics
Ch 1. Units and Measurements
Units, Measurements &
1 Ch 2. Vectors 1-202
Motion
Ch 3. Motion in a Straight Line
Ch 4. Motion in a Plane
Laws of Motion and Ch 5. Laws of Motion and Equilibrium
2 203-318
Circular Motion Ch 6. Circular Motion
Ch 7. Work, Energy and Power
Work Energy, Power &
3 Ch 8. Collisions and Centre of Mass 319-480
Gravitation
Ch 9. Gravitation
4 Rotational Motion Ch 1. Rotational Mechanics 1-120
Ch 2. Properties of Matter
Properties of Matter &
5 Ch 3. Fluid Mechanics 121-364
SHM
Ch 4. Simple Harmonic Motion
Ch 5. Thermometry, Expansion &
Calorimetry
6 Heat & Thermodynamics Ch 6. Kinetic Theory of Gases 365-570
Ch 7. Laws of Thermodynamics
Ch 8. Heat Transfer
Ch 9. Wave – I
7 Waves 571-698
Ch 10. Wave –II
Ch 0. Mathematics Used in Physics
8 Electrostatics Ch 1. Electrostatics 1-216
Ch 2. Capacitance & Capacitors
Ch 3. DC and DC circuits
9 Current Electricity Ch 4. Thermal and Chemical effects of 217-338
Current"
Ch 5. Magnetic Force on Moving
Charges & Conductor
Ch 6. Magnetic Effects of Current
10 Magnetism, EMI & AC Ch 7. Permanent Magnet & Magnetic 339-618
Properties of Substance
Ch 8. Electromagnetic Induction
Ch 9. AC and EM Waves
Ch 1. Reflection of Light
Ch 2. Refraction and Dispersion
11 Ray & Wave Optics Ch 3. Refraction at Spherical Surface, 1-244
Lenses and Photometry
Ch 4. Wave optics
Ch 5. Electron, Photon, Atoms,
Photoelectric Effect and X-rays
12 Modern Physics 245-384
Ch 6. Nuclear Physics
Ch 7. Electronics & Communication
 Contents
Contents
Study Package Booklet 2 - Laws of Motion and
Circular Motion
5. Laws of Motion & Equilibrium 203-276 6. Circular Motion 277-318

Definitions, Explanations and Derivations 204 6.1 Angular velocity 278

5.1 Mass 204 6.2 Angular acceleration 278

5.2 Weight 204 6.3 Relationship between angular and
5.3 Inertia 204 linear parameters 278

5.4 Linear momentum 204 6.4 Angular velocity in general 280

5.5 Newton’s laws of motion 204 6.5 Acceleration in circular motion 280
5.6 Impulse 206 6.6 Centripetal acceleration (Derivation) 281
5.7 Conservation of linear momentum 221
6.7 Centripetal force 282
5.8 Variable mass system 221
6.8 Centrifugal force 282
5.9 Equilibrium 225
6.9 Analysis of conical pendulum 283
5.10 Lami’s theorem 226
6.10 Motion of cyclist on circular road 285
5.11 Friction 228
6.11 Banking of road 285
5.12 Static and kinetic friction 229
6.12 Motion on a plane circular path 286
5.13 Inertial and non-inertial frame
6.13 Motion in a vertical circle 292
of reference 235

5.14 Forces in nature 236 6.14 Relative angular velocity 296

Exercise 5.1 Level 1 (Single correct option) Exercise 6.1 Level 1 (Single correct option)

Exercise 5.1 Level 2 (Single correct option) Exercise 6.1 Level 2 (Single correct option)

Exercise 5.2 (more than one correct options) Exercise 6.2 (more than one correct options)

Exercise 5.3 (Assertion and Reasoning type questions) Exercise 6.3 (Assertion and Reasoning type questions)

Exercise 5.4 (Passage & Matrix) Exercise 6.4 (Passage & Matrix)
Exercise 5.5 (Past years JEE-(Main and Advance) Exercise 6.5 (Past years JEE-(Main and Advance)
Hints and Solutions (Solution of all exercises) Hints and Solutions (Solution of all exercises)
204 MECHANICS
Definitions, Explanations and Derivations
5.1 MASS
The mass of a body is the quantity of matter contained in it. Its SI unit is kg. The mass of the body which
determines its inertia in translatory motion is called its inertial mass. This is the mass that appears in
Newton’s second law, which can be written as
F
F = miai or mi = .
ai
The mass of a body which determines the gravitational pull due to the earth is called its gravitational
mass.
Figure. 5.1 This is the mass that appears in Newton’s law of gravitation, which we can write as

GMm FR 2
F= 2
or mg = .
R GM
The principle of equivalence
Inertial and gravitational masses need not be equal to each other. Experiment shows that, to a precision
of perhaps 1 part in 1012, these two masses are identical. In Newtonian physics, the experimental fact
that mi = mg could be regarded as nothing but an astonishing coincidence. In Einstein theory of
relativity, it enter in a natural way through the principle of equivalence; if acceleration and gravitation
Figure. 5.2 are equivalent, then masses measured via acceleration and gravitation must be equal.

5.2 WEIGHT
The weight of a body is the force exerted by earth on the body towards the centre of earth. If g is the
gravity at any place, then the weight of body at that place, W = mg. As the value of gravity changes from
place to place, so the weight of a body is different at different places. The SI unit of weight is newton
(N).

5.3 INERTIA
Inertia is the inherent property of material body by virtue of which it resists in change of state of rest or
of uniform motion. It is not a physical quantity, it is the sensation. Mass of a body is the measure of its
inertia. If a body has large mass, it has more inertia. Different kinds of inertia are :
(i) Inertia of rest : The tendency of a body to remain in its position of rest is called inertia of rest.
(ii) Inertia of motion : The tendency of a body to remain in its state of uniform motion along a straight
line is called inertia of motion.
(iii) Inertia of direction : The inability of a body to change by itself its direction of motion is called
inertia of direction.

5.4 LINEAR MOMENTUM

Momentum of a body is the amount of motion possessed by the body. Mathematically, it is equal to the
product of mass and velocity of the body. Thus
\ momentum = mass × velocity
uur ur
or P = mv .
Momentum is a vector quantity, its direction is along the direction of velocity. Its SI unit is kg-m/s or N-s.

5.5 NEWTON’S LAWS OF MOTION

Sir Issac Newton (1642-1727) made systematic study of motion of objects and presented three laws of
motion which are called Newton’s Laws of Motion. These are :
First law : Every body remain in its state of rest or of uniform motion in a straight line unless it is
compelled by some external force to change that state.
Second law : The rate of change of linear momentum of a body is directly proportional to the applied
force and the change takes place in the direction of the applied force. That is
uur
d P uur
=F .
dt
 Laws of Motion & Equilibrium 205
Third law : To every action, there is always an equal and opposite reaction. Action and reaction act on
two different bodies. For two bodies A and B, we can write
uur uur
FAB = – FBA .

Newton’s first law defines force : According to Newton’s first law of motion a body maintains its state
of rest or uniform motion unless an external force acts on it. This shows that force is an agent which
changes the state of rest or uniform motion. But sometime a force applied on a body can not change
its state of rest or uniform motion in a straight line. Hence first law of motion gives a qualitative
definition of force.
Newton’s first law defines inertia : According to Newton’s first law of motion, body remains in its
state of rest or uniform motion unless an external force acts on it. This shows that body by itself can
not change its state. This inability of body to change its state of rest or of uniform motion in a straight
line is called inertia of a body. Thus Newton’s first law defines inertia and hence it is also called the law
of inertia.
Newton’s second law gives the measurement of force. Consider a body of mass m moving with a

velocity v , its momentum

uur ur
P = mv .
Differentiating above equation w.r.t. time, we get
uur ur
dP d ur ædv ö ur
= (m v ) = m ç ÷ = ma .
dt dt è dt ø
According to Newton’s second law
uur
d P uur
=F
dt
uur ur
\ F = ma .

Note:
uur ur uur
(i) The Newton’s second law F = ma is strictly applicable to a single particle. The force F in
the law stands for the net external force. Any internal force in the system is not to be included
uur
in F .
uur
(ii) The second law is a local relation. It means the force F at a point in space at a certain instant
r r
of time is related to a at the same point at the same instant, where a is the acceleration
produced in the body.

Absolute unit of force : In SI, the absolute unit of force is newton (N).Thus
1 N = 1 kg × 1 m/s2 or 1 N = 1 kg-m/s2

Gravitational unit of force : In SI , the gravitational unit of force is kilogram weight or kilogram force
(kgf). Thus
1 kg -wt = 1 kg-f = 1 kg × 9.8 m/s2 = 9.8 kg-m/s2,
or 1 kg-wt = 9.8 N
Newton’s second law in component form :
uur
In terms of components, the momentum can be written as P = Px ˆi + Py ˆj + Pz kˆ .
Thus Newton’s second law in component form, can be written as
r
F = F ˆi + F ˆj + F kˆ
x y z
206 MECHANICS
r
dp
=
dt
d
( Px ˆi + Py ˆj + Pz kˆ )
=
dt
Equating the three components along the three coordinate axes, we get
dPx
Fx = = ma x ,
dt
dPy
Fy = = ma y ,
dt
dPz
Fz = = ma z .
dt
5.6 IMPULSE
A large force acting for a short time to produce a finite change in momentum is called an impulsive force.
When such a force acts for a short time, the product of the force and the time for which it acts is called
impulse of force. Thus
Impulse = force × time duration.
Suppose a force F acts for small time dt, the impulse of the force is given by,,
ur uur
d J = F dt .
For a finite interval of time, we can write
t2
uur
ur
J = ò F dt .
t1
ur uur
For constant force J = F (t2 - t1 )
IMPULSE-MOMENTUM THEOREM

ur uur
or J = F Dt .
SI unit of impulse is kgm/s or N-s.
Impulse - momentum theorem
According to Newton’s second law of motion, we have
uur
uur dP
F =
dt
uur uur
or F dt = d P

t2 t2
uur
or ò F dt = ò dP
t1 t1

t2
uur ur
Here ò F dt = J , is the impulse of force and
t1

t2 uur uur
= P2 - P ,is the change of momentum in time from t1 to t2. Thus
ò dP
t1

uur uur uur

J = P2 - P1 .
The above relation is known as Impulse-Momentum theorem.
 Laws of Motion & Equilibrium 207
Calculation of impulse by graphical method
(a) When a constant force acts on a body : Suppose a
constant force F acts on a body from time t1 to t2. The magnitude of impulse
J = F (t2 – t1).
(b) When a variable force acts on a body: Suppose a varying force acts for time t2 – t1 = t.

t2
The magnitude of impulse of force J = ò Fdt = area under the force time curve
t1
Figure. 5.3
between t1 and t2.
Concept of Action and Reaction
According to Newton’s third law of motion, every action is associated with an equal and
opposite reaction. Thus in nature forces always occur between pairs of bodies. The two
forces act simultaneously. Any one of them may be called action and the other reaction. It is
clear from third law that a single force can never exist.
Following are few examples based on Newton's third law :
1. Block is hanging from the string : Let us consider a block is suspended by the string.
Earth exerts gravitational force on the block (let action); the equal amount of force the
block exerts on the earth (reaction). Similarly block does action on the support through
string, the equal amount of reaction is exerted by support on the block (reaction).In this
case action and reaction are equal to mg. (see fig. 5.4)
2. The horse and the cart : Let us consider horse starts pulling the cart from rest and
gaining speed with time. The FBD of whole system is shown in the fig. 5.5.

Figure. 5.4

Figure. 5.5
Here ground exerts force on the horse, whose horizontal component is FH (provided by
friction). The force exerted by the horse on the cart in forward direction is T. Cart exerts a
force T on the horse in backward direction. In addition to this there is frictional force on
the wheels of cart in backward direction. There are three action-reaction pairs :
(i) Between horse feet and ground.
(ii) Between horse and cart.
(iii) Between wheels and ground.
The acceleration of the horse-cart is,

FH - f
a= .
M H + MC
208 MECHANICS
3. Tug-of-war: In tug-of-war each team pulls the opposite team with equal force. But winning team
exerts greater force on the ground and hence ground provides equal reaction force. This is very
clear from FBD. Here force on winning team exerted by ground fw, is greater than the force on
loosing team, f w > fl .

Figure. 5.6
Normal reaction
When a body is pressed against a surface, the body experiences a force which is perpendicular to the
surface at the point of contact between the body and the surface. This force is called normal reaction and
can be denoted by N.
(i) In case when a block is placed on a table, the normal reaction on the block by the table is, N = mg.
(ii) In case, when block is placed on an inclined plane the normal reaction force, N = mg cos q (See
figure).

(i) .

(ii)

Figure. 5.7
Tension
When a rope (string, cord etc.) is connected to a body and pulled taut, the rope is said to be under
tension. It pulls the body with a force T, whose direction is away from the body and along the length of
the rope. A rope is usually regarded to be massless and unstretchable. The rope exists only as a
connection between two bodies. It pulls on the body at each end with the same magnitude T. Here rope
Figure. 5.8 pulls the block and support each with a force T as shown in figure. 5.8.
 Laws of Motion & Equilibrium 209
Free body diagram (FBD) or force diagram
To ensure correct use of the equations of statics or equations of dynamics, we isolate the body
in a simple diagram and show all the forces from the surroundings that act on the body. Such a
diagram is called free body diagram. Following are few examples of FBD:
1.

Figure. 5.9
2.

Figure. 5.10

3.

FREE BODY DIAGRAMS

Figure. 5.11
Free bodies involving interior section : If any body is in equilibrium, then each part of the body
must be in equilibrium.Figure shows the FBD of the whole body and its one part.

(a) Whole body (b) One part of the body with

interior section
Figure. 5.12
210 MECHANICS

PROBLEM-SOLVING STRATEGY IN NEWTON’S SECOND LAW

Identify the relevant concepts : In case when system is acted by forces, you have to use
Newton’s second law.
Identify the target variable : It usually acceleration or force.
Setup the problem using the steps
Step I : Draw a simple sketch of the problem. Identify bodies to which you will apply Newton’s
second law.
Step II: For each body you identified, draw a free body diagram that shows all the forces acting on
the body. These forces are tension in string, weight of the objects etc.
Execute the solution as follows :
• Find net of external forces in the direction of acceleration choosen.
• Find contraint relations.
r r
• Use Newton’s second law, Fext = ma , for each body of the problem, wherever need.

IMPORTANT ANALYSIS BASED ON NEWTON’S SECOND LAW

(i) Motion in a lift /elevator
Consider a man of mass m standing on a weighing machine placed in the lift. The actual weight of the
man is mg (weight of man at rest). The reading of weighing machine indicates the force experienced by
it which is equal to the reaction on the man standing on it. Machine at rest with a man standing on it
gives N = mg.
When a man is in an accelerated lift, his weight appears to change. This changed weight is known as
apparent weight.
Figure. 5.13
1. (a) When the lift moves upward with acceleration a, we have
N¢ – mg = ma
or N¢ = m (g + a)
\ Apparent weight, N ¢ = m(g + a).
(b) When the lift moves upward with retardation a, we have
N¢ – mg = m(–a)
or N¢= m (g – a).
2. (a) When lift moves downward with constant acceleration a,
we have mg – N¢ = ma
or N¢= m(g –a).
(b) When lift moves downward with constant retardation a
Figure. 5.14
we have, mg – N ¢= m(–a)
or N¢ = m(g + a)
3. If the supporting cable of the lift breaks, the lift falls
freely with an acceleration a = g. Thus we have,
N = m(g – g)
= 0.
Clearly apparent weight of man in a freely falling lift becomes zero.
(ii) Simple pulley or atwood machine
Figure. 5.15 Consider a pulley which has negligible mass compared to the bodies connected with the cord and has
negligible friction on its axle. The cord connecting the bodies is also uniform and massless. The
tension at each point of cord will be same.
Consider blocks-pulley system as shown in figure. We have to find the acceleration of blocks and
tension in the cord connecting the blocks.
 Laws of Motion & Equilibrium 211
Let magnitude of acceleration each block be a and tension in the cord be T. By Newton’s
second law,
For block m1;
m1g – T = m1a …(i)
For block m2 ;
T – m2g = m2a …(ii)
Solving equations (i) and (ii), we get
é m1 - m2 ù
a = êm + m ú g
ë 1 2û

é 2m m g ù
and T = ê 1 2 ú.
ë m1 + m2 û
The force exerted by cord on the pulley
é 4m m g ù
F=2T = ê 1 2 ú .
ë m1 + m2 û
Force on support from which pulley is hanging, F= 2T. Figure. 5.16

Short cut method : These types of problems in which all connected bodies have same acceleration
magnitude, can be solved by the following method :
Fnet Unbalanced load
(i) For calculating acceleration a use a = = .
M total total mass
(ii) For tension in cord; use T = mup(g + a) or T = mdown(g – a)
For unbalanced load :
(a) If mass moves vertically, take mg.
(b) If mass moves horizontally, take zero.
(c) If mass moves on inclined plane of inclination, take mg sinq.

Hooke’s law
When a spring is stretched by a force, the increase in its length is proportional to the applied
force. If x is the extension is the spring, then applied force

F = kx Hooke’s law l0 F
x

Here k is known as force constant. The SI unit of force constant is N/m.

Movable pulley
Let us consider the system shown in the figure 5.17. It is clear from the figure that the position of m2
is governed by the position of centre of movable pulley . Let at any instant, the block m1 is at y1 and
centre of movable pulley is y2 from the reference line (dotted line). The total length of the cord;
y1 + 2y2 + l0 = l … (i)
l0 is the part of the cord which is over the pulleys (remains constant).
Differentiating equation (i) w.r.t. time, we get
dy1 2dy2 d l 0 d l
+ + = … (ii)
dt dt dt dt
As l0 and l are constant,
dl0 dl
\ = 0 and =0
Figure. 5.17
dt dt
dy1 dy
and = v1 and 2 = v2 .
dt dt
212 MECHANICS
The equation (ii) becomes
v1 + 2v2 = 0. … (iii)
Differentiating once more, we get
a1+ 2a2 = 0 … (iv)
or a1 = – 2a2.
Negative sign indicates that y1 is increasing while y2 is decreasing.
If we take a2 = a
then a1 = 2a
The same thing can very easily be understood by displacing the centre of pulley upward
by a distance y, the block m1 will move down by 2y. (see figure).

\ a1 = 2a2 .

Figure. 5.18 FBD : As both the blocks are attached with the same cord and pulleys are massless, so tension in the
cord everywhere is T. Suppose acceleration of m2 is a upward, then acceleration of m1 will be 2a
downward.
By Newton’s second law m1g – T = m1(2a) …(i)
2T – T ¢ = 0 × a … (ii)
and T ¢ – m2g = m2a … (iii)
After solving above equations , we get
é 2m1 - m2 ù
a= ê úg
ë 4m1 + m2 û
é 3m1m2 g ù
and T = ê 4m + m ú
ë 1 2û

Figure. 5.19 Note:

Remember that in this type of devices, block connected with movable pulley has the acceleration half
the acceleration of block connected at the free end of the cord.

FORMULAE USED
r
1. Momentum, P = mvr .
r
2. Impulse of force, J = F Dt .
r
r dP r
3. Newton’s second law of motion, Fext = = ma .
dt
r r r
4. Impulse – Momentum theorem, J = Pf – Pi .
r r
5. Newton’s third law of motion, FAB = - FBA .
6. Action and Reaction act simultaneously and two different objects.
7. Motion in a lift : The apparent weight of an observer in lift, W ¢ = m( g ± a ) .
r r
8. Hooke’s law, Fext = kx .

EXAMPLES BASED ON IMPULSE-MOMENTUM THEOREM AND NEWTON’S LAWS OF MOTION

Example 1. A constant retarding force of 50N is applied to a Example 2. The driver of a three wheeler moving with a speed
body of mass 20kg moving initially with a speed of 15 ms–1. How of 36 km/h sees a child standing in the middle of the road and
long does the body take to stop? [NCERT] brings his vehicle to rest in 4.0 s just in time to save the child. What
Sol. Here, F = –50N, m = 20 kg, u =15 ms–1 and v = 0; is the average retarding force on the vehicle? The mass of the
Now, F = ma, a = F/m = –50/20 = –2.5 ms–2 three-wheeler is 400 kg and the mass of the driver is 65 kg.
From relation, v = u + at, 0 = 15 – 2.6t, t = 15/2.5 = 6s. Ans. [NCERT]
 Laws of Motion & Equilibrium 213
Sol. Here,u = 36 km/h = 10 m/s, t = 4s, Calculate T1 and T2 when whole system is going upwards with
m = 400 + 65 = 465 kg acceleration = 2m/s2.(use g = 9.8 m/s2) [NCERT Exemplar]
Now, retarding force, F = ma = m (v – u )/t Sol. Given, m 1 = 5 kg
= 465 (0 – 10 )/ 4 = –1162.5 N. m 2 = 3 kg
g = 9.8 m/s2
The negative sign shows that the force is a retarding force. Ans.
and a = 2m/s2 (upwards)
Example 3. A body of mass 0.40 kg moving initially with a Tension in the upper string
constant speed of 10 m/s–1 to the north is subjected to a constant T 1 = (m1 + m2) (g + a)
force of 8.0 N directed towards the south for 30s. Take the instant T 1 = (5 + 3) (9.8 + 2)
the force is applied to be t = 0, and the position of the body at that = 8 × 11.8 N
time to be x = 0, predict its position at t = –5s, 25s, 100s? = 94.4 N
[NCERT] Tension in the lower string
Sol. Here, m = 0.4 kg, u = 10 ms–1 due north T 2 = m2(g + a)
F = – 8 N, (negative sign shows the force directed opposite). = 3(9.8 + 2)N
= 3 × 11.8 N
F -8 = 35.4 N Ans.
Therefore, a = = = –20 ms–2 (0 £ t £ 30s) when t = –5s,
m 0.4 Example 6. Two monkeys of masses 10 kg and 8
x = ut = 10(–5) = –50 m (as a = 0) kg are moving along a vertical rope as shown in fig.
5.20. The former climbing up with an acceleration
When t = 25s, x = ut + ½ at2 = 10 × 25 + ½ (–20)(25)2 = – 6000 m
of 2 m/s2, while the later coming down with a uniform
Upto t = 30s, motion is under acceleration, i.e. velocity of 2 m/s. Find the tension in the rope at the
x = ut + ½ at2 = 10 × 30 + ½ (–20)(30)2 = – 8700 m fixed support.
At t = 30s, v = u + at = 10 – 20 × 30 = – 590 m/s
During t =30 to 100s, x2 = vt = – 590 × 70 = – 41300m Sol. Let tension in the rope is T. By Newton’s second
law, we have
[as the force is removed a = 0]
T – (10g + 8g) = 10 × 2 + 8 × 0
Total distance, x1 + x2 = –(8700 + 41300) m = –50 km or T = 18 g + 20 = 196.4 N Ans. Figure. 5.20
Example 4. The velocity of a body of mass 2 kg as a function of
Example 7. Two billiard balls each of mass 0.05 kg moving in
t is given by v ( t ) = 2t iˆ + t 2 ˆj . Find the momentum and the force opposite directions with speed of 6 m/s collide and rebound with
the same speed. What is the impulse imparted to each ball by the
acting on it, at time t = 2s. [NCERT Exemplar]
Sol. Mass of the body m = 2 kg other ? [NCERT]
Sol. Figure shows the motion of balls A and B.
Velocity of the body v ( t ) = 2t iˆ + t 2 ˆj
\ Velocity of the body t = 2s
2
v = 2 ´ 2 iˆ + ( 2 ) ˆj = 4 iˆ + 4 ˆj ( )
Momentum of the body, P = mv

( ) (
= 2 4iˆ + 4 ˆj = 8iˆ + 8 ˆj kg-m/s )
Figure. 5.21
dv For ball A :
Acceleration of the body, a = uur
dt
Pi = 0.05 × 6 î Ns = 0.3 î Ns
=
d
dt
(
2tiˆ + t 2 ˆj ) and
uur
P f = 0.05 × (– 6) î Ns = – 0.3 î Ns

(
= 2iˆ + 2tjˆ ) Impulse imparted to ball A due to ball B
ur uur uur
At t = 2s J AB = P f - Pi

(
a = 2iˆ + 2 ´ 2 ˆj ) = – 0.3 î – 0.3 î = – 0.6 î Ns.

(
= 2iˆ + 4 ˆj ) For ball B : Pi = 0.05 × (– 6) î = – 0.3 î Ns
Force acting on the body, F = ma uur
and P f = 0.05 × (6) î = 0.3 î Ns
(
= 2 2iˆ + 4 ˆj ) Impulse imparted to ball B due to ball A
ur uur uur
(
= 4iˆ + 8 ˆj N . ) Ans. J BA = P f – Pi
Example 5. Two masses of 5 kg and 3 kg are suspended with
the help of massless inextensible strings as shown in figure. = 0.3 î – (– 0.3 î ) = 0.6 î Ns. Ans.
214 MECHANICS
Example 8. A rubber ball of mass 50 g falls from a height of 1 m Thus by Newton¢s second law
and rebounds to a height of 0.5 m. Find the impulse and the average DP
force between the ball and the ground if the time for which they F =
Dt
are in contact was 0.1 s.
= n mv
Sol.
F
\ n = . Ans.
mv
Example 10. Figure. 5.23 shows the position time graph of a
particle of mass 4 kg. What is the (i) force acting on the particle for
t < 0, t > 4, 0 < t < 4 s ? (ii) impulse at t = 0 and t = 4 s ? Assume that
the motion is one dimensional. [NCERT]

Figure. 5.22
Velocity of ball just before collision;
v2 = 0 + 2gh
v = vi = 2gh

= 2 ´ 9.8 ´ 1 = 4.43 m/s Figure. 5.23

\ Momentum of ball before collision, Sol.
uur r
Pi = mvi (i) For t < 0 and t > 4 s, the position of particle is not changing i.e. the
particle is at rest. So the force during these intervals is zero.
For 0 < t < 4s, the position of particle is changing. But its velocity
= 0.050 × (– 4.43) ĵ Ns
is constant as clear from x - t graph. Thus acceleration of particle
is zero. Hence no force acts on the particle during this interval
= – 0.22 ĵ Ns
also.
(ii) Just before t = 0, the particle is at rest, u = 0.
Velocity of ball just after collision, vf = 2gh Just after t = 0, the particle has constant velocity.
= 2 ´ 9.8 ´ 0.5 = 3.13 m/s 3
v= m/s
\ Momentum of ball just after collision, 4
uur ur \
Pf Impulse J = Change in momentum
= m vf
æ3 ö
= m (v – u) = 4 ç - 0 ÷ = 3 Ns
= 0.050 × (3.13 ĵ ) = 0.16 ĵ Ns è4 ø
Now impulse imparted by ground on the ball Just before t = 4s, the particle has constant velocity
uur ur
J = D P = P f - Pi 3
u = m/s
4
= 0.16 ĵ – (– 0.22 ĵ ) = 0.38 ĵ Ns Just after t = 4s, the particle is at rest, so v = 0
The force between them \ Impulse J = m (v – u)

DP 0.38 æ 3ö
= 4 ç0 - = – 3 Ns Ans.
F =
Dt
=
0.1
= 3.8 N. Ans.
è 4 ÷ø
Example 9. A machine gun fires a bullet of mass m with a speed Example 11. Figure. 5.24 below shows the position-time graph
of v m/s. The person holding the gun can exert a maximum force F of a particle of mass 0.04 kg. Suggest a suitable physical context
on it. What is the number of bullets that can be fired from the gun for this motion. What is the time between two consecutive impulses
per second ? received by the particle? What is the magnitude of each impulse ?
Sol. The change in momentum of each bullet [NCERT]
DP = m(v – u).
As u = 0,
\ DP = mv.
If n is the number of bullets fired per second, then rate of change of
momentum of the gun

DP
= n mv. Figure. 5.24
Dt
 Laws of Motion & Equilibrium 215
ur r
Sol. Just before t = 2 s, the velocity of particle, u x = u cos 30° î ; u y = – u sin 30° ĵ
2-0 ur ur
u = = 1 cm/s = 0.01 m/s. and v x = – u cos 30° î ; v y = – u sin 30° ĵ
2-0
The impulse exerted by the wall on the ball;
Just after t = 2 s, the velocity of particle, ur ur ur
J x = m ( v x – u x ) = m (– u cos30° î – u cos30° î )
0-2
v =
4-2
= – 1 cm/s = – 0.01 m/s. = – 2mu cos 30° î = 3 mu ˆi
ur ur ur
The magnitude of impulse J = | m (v – u) | and J y = m ( v y - u y )
= | 0.04 (– 0.01 – 0.01) | = 8 × 10–4 Ns.
The given x - t graph may represent the repeated rebounding of a particle = m [– u sin30° ĵ – (– u sin30° ĵ )] = 0.
between two elastic walls at x = 0 and x = 2 cm. The particle will get an \ Resultant impulse
impulse of 8 × 10–4 Ns after every 2 s. ur ur
J = J x + J y = – 3 mu î .
Example 12.Two identical billiard balls strike a rigid wall with The force exerted by wall on ball is along negative x-axis. By
the same speed but at different angles, and get reflected without
Newton’s third law the direction of force on wall by ball is along
any loss of speed, as shown in figure 5.25. What is (i) the direction
positive x-axis.
of the force on the wall due to each ball ? and (ii) the ratio of the
The ratio of impulse imparted by the wall on balls
magnitudes of the impulse imparted on the two balls by the wall ?
[NCERT] J1 2mu 2
= = . Ans.
J2 3mu 3
Example 13. Two identical point masses, each of mass m are
connected to one another by a massless string of length L. A constant
force F is applied at the mid-point of the string. If l be the
instantaneous distance between the two masses, what will be the
acceleration of each mass?
Figure. 5.25 Sol. The situation is shown in figure 5.27.
Sol. Let T be the tension in the string. For point O, we have
(i) Let ball strikes the wall with a speed of u. If its mass is m, then its 2T sin q = F
momentum F
uur or T = 2sin q .
P i = mu î
r
and P f = - muˆi
ur uur uur
\ Impulse J x = P f - Pi

= – mu î – mu î
= – 2mu î .
As there is no motion along y-axis, the impulse along this direction
will be zero;
ur ur Figure. 5.27
Jy = 0. Thus resulting impulse is J = J x + J y = – 2mu î . Now acceleration of each mass;
The direction of force is along the direction of impulse. So the ax = Fx / m
force exerted by wall on ball is along negative x-axis. By Newton’s
T cos q
third law the direction of force exerted by ball on wall is along or ax =
positive x-axis. m
(ii) Resolve the velocity of the ball along x and y-axis, we have ( F / 2sin q)cos q
=
m
F cot q
=
2m
F l/2
= 2m
( L / 2) 2 - (l / 2)2

F é l ù
= ê ú Ans.
Figure. 5.26 2m ëê L - l ûú
2 2
216 MECHANICS
Example 14. A block of mass 25kg is raised by a 50 kg man in Sol. In all the three cases the spring balance reads 10 kg. To understand
two different ways as shown in figure 5.28. What is the action on this, let us cut a section inside the spring as shown;
the floor by the man in the two cases ? If the floor yields to a
normal force of 700 N, which mode should the man adopt to lift the
block without the floor yielding. [NCERT]

Figure. 5.30
As each part of the spring is at rest, so F = T . As the block is stationary,
so T = 10g = 100 N.
Example 16. What is the reading of the spring balance in the
following device ?

Figure. 5.31
Figure. 5.28
Sol. Let T be the reading of the spring balance, then
Sol. The FBD for the two cases are shown in figure.
for 20 kg block ; 20 g – T = 20 a …(i)
In I case; let the force exerted by the man on the floor is N1. Consider for 10 kg block; T – 10 g = 10 a …(ii)
the forces inside the dotted box, we have
N 1 = T + 50 g. g 40 g
Solving equations (i) & (ii), we get a = m / s 2 and T = N
Block is to be raised without acceleration, so T = 25 g. 3 3
\ N 1 = 25 g + 50 g
40
= 75g = 75 × 9.8 = 735 N So the spring balance reading is kg . Ans.
In II case; let the force exerted by the man on the floor is N2. Consider 3
the forces inside the dotted box, we have
Example 17. Two blocks of masses 1 kg and 2 kg are placed in
N 2 = 50g – T
contact on a smooth horizontal surface as shown in figure. A
and T = 25 g horizontal force of 3N is applied (i) on 1 kg block (ii) on 2kg block.
\ N 2 = 50g – 25g Find force of interaction between the blocks.
= 25 g = 25 × 9.8 = 245 N. Sol. Since both the blocks are in contact therefore they will move
As the floor yields to a downward force of 700 N, so the man should
together with an acceleration
adopt mode II.
Fnet 3
Example 15. ax = = = 1 m/s2.
M total 2 + 1
(i) A 10 kg block is supported by a cord that runs to a spring
scale, which is supported by another cord from the ceiling
Case - I
figure (a). What is the reading on the scale ?
(ii) In figure (b) the block is supported by a cord that runs around
a pulley and to a scale. The opposite end of the scale is attached
by a cord to a wall. What is the reading of the scale ?
(iii) In figure (c) the wall has been replaced with a second 10 kg Let force of interaction between them is F1
block on the lift, and the assembly is stationary. What is the
reading on the scale now ?

By Newton’s second law for 2kg block,

we have, F = 2a
= 2 × 1 = 2N
The same result can also be obtained from 1 kg block
3 – F1 = 1a
Figure. 5.29 = 1×1
Þ F = 2 N.
 Laws of Motion & Equilibrium 217
Case - II F2 – F1 = m 2 a
or F 2 = F1 + m2a

æ F cos q ö
= F1 + m2 ç m + m + m ÷ .
Let force of interaction between them is F2 è 1 2 3ø

Here force of interaction is of tensile nature.

Example 19. A homogeneous rod of length L and mass M is
placed on smooth horizontal surface. It is acted by a force F at its
one end. Find the stretching force in the cross section of a rod at a
By Newton’s second law for 1 kg block, distance x from the end where the force is applied.
we have, F 2 = 1a
= 1 × 1 = 1N. Sol.
Example 18. Find the force of interaction between the bodies
as shown in figure.
(i) Blocks are in contact
Figure. 5.33
F
The acceleration of the rod a = .
M
(a)
(ii) Blocks are connected by strings Now cut the rod in two parts and connect them by hypothetical massless
string as shown in figure. The mass of part of the rod of length (L – x),
M
m= ( L - x ) . By Newton’s second law, for the part inside dotted
L
(b) box
Figure. 5.32 T = ma
Sol. All the bodies move together along x-axis with an acceleration M F
= ( L - x) ´
[ Fx ]net F cos q L M
ax = =
mtotal m1 + m2 + m3
T = F æç1 -
xö
or ÷. Ans.
è Lø
At x = 0, T = F
Case - I and x = L, T = 0.

By newtons second law for block m1

Example 20. A chain consisting of five links, each of mass
0.100 kg is lifted vertically with a constant acceleration of 2.50 m/s2,
F 1 = m1a
as shown in fig. 5.34. Find (a) the forces acting between adjacent
æ F cos q ö links, (b) the force F exerted on the top link by the person lifting
= m1 ç the chain and (c) the net force accelerating each link. (Take g = 10
è m1 + m2 + m3 ÷ø
m/s2 )
and for block m2, we have
F2 – F1 = m2a
or F 2 = F1 + m2a

æ F cos q ö
= F1 + m2 ç m + m + m ÷
è 1 2 3ø

Here force of interaction is of compressive nature.

Case - II

By Newton’s second law for block m1

F 1 = m1a

æ F cos q ö
= m1 ç m + m + m ÷
è 1 2 3ø

and for block m2, we have

Figure. 5.34
218 MECHANICS
Sol. By short cut method :
(a) Given, mass of each link m = 0.100 kg and acceleration
a = 2.50 m/s2. The FBD of each link of the chain shown in figure unbalanced load [(2 + 1) – 2] g
a = = = 2m / s 2
(b). total mass (1 + 2 + 2)
For link 1,
T1 = mdown(g – a) = 1 (10 – 2) = 8N
F1 – mg = ma
or F1 = m(g + a) = 0.100(10 + 2.5) = 1.25 N. T2 = mup (g + a) = 2 (10 + 2) = 24 N.
For link 2, Example 22. The system shown in figure 5.36 is released from
F2 – (F1 + mg) = ma rest. Calculate the tension in the strings and force exerted by the
or F2 = F1 + m(g + a) = 1.25 +1.25 = 2.50 N. strings on the pulleys. Assuming pulleys and strings are massless.
For link 3,
F3 – (F2 + mg) = ma
or F3 = F2 + m(g + a) = 2.50 + 1.25 = 3.75 N.
For link 4,
F4 – (F3 + mg) = ma
or F4 = F3 + m(g + a) = 3.75 + 1.25 = 5.00 N.
For link 5,
F5 – (F4 + mg) = ma
or F5 = F4 + m (g + a) = 5.00 + 1.25 = 6.25 N.
(b) The force exerted by the agent on the top link F5 = 6.25 N.
(c) The net force accelerating each link; Figure. 5.36
on link 1, F1 – mg = 1.25 – 0.100 × 10 = 0.25 N Sol. Note : As the motion of the block is on smooth horizontal surface,
on link 2, F2 – (F1 + mg) = 2.50 – (1.25 + 0.100 × 10) = 0.25 N so no need to mark the forces along vertical direction in drawing the
on link 3, F3 – (F2 + mg) = 0.25 N FBD.
on link 4 , F4 – (F3 + mg) = 0.25 N By Newton’s second law, we have
and on link 5, F5 – (F4 + mg) = 0.25 N.
T1 – 1g = 1 a …(i)
Example 21. Consider the system shown in figure 5.35. The T2 – T1 = 3 a …(ii)
system is released from rest, find the tension in the cord connected
and 2g – T2 = 2 a …(iii)
between 1 kg and 2 kg blocks. (g = 10 m/s2)
Solving above equations, we get
a = g/6 m/s2,
7g
T1 = N,
6

5g
and T2 = N. Ans.
3

Force on pulley P1; F1 = T12 + T12

= 2 T1

Force on pulley P2 ; F2 = T2 2 + T2 2

= 2T2 .

Figure. 5.35
By short cut method :
Sol. By Newton’s second law, we have
1g – T1 = 1a … (i) unbalanced load
a =
(T1 + 2g) – T2 = 2a … (ii) total mass
and T2 – 2g = 2a …(iii) (2 - 1) g g
Solving equation (i), (ii) & (iii), we get = = m / s2 .
(1 + 3 + 2) 6
a = 2 m/s2
T1 = 8 N æ g ö 7g
T 1 = mup(g + a) = 1 ç g + ÷ = N.
and T 2 = 24 N. Ans. è 6ø 6
Force on pulley exerted by cord
F = 2T2 = 48 N. Ans. æ g ö 5g
T 2 = mdown (g – a) = 2 ç g - ÷ = N.
è 6ø 3
 Laws of Motion & Equilibrium 219
Example 23. Find the acceleration of the blocks in the following
devices from the data shown in fig. Pulleys are massless and (iii)
frictionless.

(i) (ii)

Figure. 5.40
(iii) For block 2M;
2Mg sin q – T = 2M (2a) …(i)
For block M;
2T – Mg = Ma … (ii)
After solving above equation we get
Figure. 5.37 g
a = (4sin q - 1) m / s 2 .
9
Force on fixed pulley
Sol.
(i) F = T 2 + T 2 + 2TT cos(90° - q )
For block 2 M; Example 24. Find the acceleration of the block in the following
2T = 2M (a) … (i) device from the data shown in figure.
For block M;
Mg – T = M (2a) … (ii)
After solving above equations, we get
a = g/3 m/s2.
Force on clamp which holds the pulley Figure. 5.38

F = (2T )2 + T 2 = 5T

(ii)

Figure. 5.41
Figure. 5.39 Sol. Total length of the cord
For block 2M; y1 + 3 y2 + l0 = l … (i)
2Mgsin q – T ¢= 2M (a) …(i) here y1 and y2 changes, l0 and l remain constant.
Differentiating equation (i) with respect to time, we get
For movable pulley ;
T ¢ – 2T = 0 × a … (ii)
For block M ;
T – Mg = M(2a) … (iii)
After solving above equations, we get
a = – g/3 (1 – sin q).

Note:
Here we have assumed that block 2M is moving down the plane. You
may assume that it is moving up the plane. The magnitude of acceleration
will remain same.
Figure. 5.42
220 MECHANICS

dy1 dy
+3 2 = 0
dt dt
or v1 + 3v2 = 0 …(ii)
also a1 + 3a2 = 0
which gives
a 1 = 3a2 (magnitude)

If we take a2 = a up
then a1 = 3a down
Figure. 5.43
By Newton’s second law, we have Sol. Let the acceleration of m0 with respect to the table is a0 and that
mg – T = m (3a) … (iii)
of m1 and m2 is a in magnitude with respect to the movable pulley.
and 3T – Mg = Ma. … (iv)
Suppose m1, moves upward and m2 moves downward, their accelerations
After solving equation (iii) and (iv), we get with respect to the table will be;
(3m - M ) g a 1 = a – a0 upward
a = Ans. and a 2 = a + a0 downward.
(9m + M )
By Newton’s second law, we have
Example 25. In the arrangement shown in fig. 5.43 the bodies T 0 = m0a 0 … (i)
have masses m 0, m1 and m2, the friction is absent, the masses of T – m1g = m1(a – a0) … (ii)
pulleys and the threads are negligible. Find the acceleration of the and m2g – T = m2(a + a0) … (iii)
body m1. For movable pulley
T0 – 2T = 0 × a0. … (iv)
Solving above equations, we get
4m1m2 + m0 ( m1 - m2 ) g
a = 4m1m2 + m0 (m1 + m2 ) . Ans.

In Chapter Exercise 5.1

1. A man of mass 70 kg stands on a weighing scale in a lift, Ans. (a) T = 640 N, rope break (b) T = 240 N, rope will not
which is moving (a) upwards with a uniform speed of 10 break (c) T = 400 N , rope will not break (d) T = 0, rope
ms–1, (b) downwards with a uniform acceleration of 5 will not break.
ms –2, (c) upwards with a uniform acceleration of 5 ms–2. 3. An aerostat of mass 6 kg starts coming down with a
What would be the readings on the scale in each case (d) constant acceleration 2 m/s2. Determine the ballast mass
what would be the reading if the lift mechanism failed to be dumped for the aerostat to reach the upward
and it hurted down freely under gravity? [NCERT] acceleration of the same magnitude. The air drag is to be
neglected. (g = 10 m/s2)
Ans. (a) 700 N (b) 350 N (c) 1050 N (d) Zero
2. A monkey of mass 40 kg climbs on a rope (fig.) which can 2ma
Ans. Dm = = 2 kg.
stand a maximum tension of 600 N. In which of the ( g + a)
following cases will the rope break: the monkey
4. Two masses M1 = M2 = M are arranged as shown in the
(a) climbs up with an acceleration of 6 ms–2 figure. Find the acceleration of mass M2. The pulleys are
(b) climbs down with an acceleration of 4 ms–2 massless and frictionless. Ans. 4 m/s2.
(c) climbs up with a uniform speed of 5 ms–1
(d) falls down the rope n early freely under
gravity? (Ignore the mass of the rope). [NCERT]

M1

M2
 Laws of Motion & Equilibrium 221
5. A helicopter of mass 2000 kg rises with a vertical A
acceleration of 15 m/s2. The total mass of the crew and a
passengers is 500 kg. Give the magnitude and direction
of the (g = 10 m/s2.) B Mgcosθ
(a) force on the floor of the helicopter by the crew and Ans. m + Mcos 2 θ .
passengers.
(b) action of the rotor of the helicopter on the C
surrounding air.
7. A block of mass 50 kg is
(c) force on the helicopter due to the surrounding air.
released from the position
[NCERT Exemplar]
of rest for which the spring
Ans. (a) 12500 N (b) 62500 N ¯ (c) 62500 N ­ is under a tension of 45 N. k = 450 N/m
6. A smooth ring A of mass m can slide on a fixed horizontal If the pulleys are massless
rod. A string tied to the ring passes over a fixed pulley B and the block goes 150
and carries a block C of mass M as shown in figure. At an mm down, find the
instant the string between the ring and the pulley makes velocity of the block at this
an angle a with the rod. What acceleration will the ring instant.
start moving if the system is released from rest with 50 kg
a=q? Ans. 1.28 m/s.

5.7 CONSERVATION OF LINEAR MOMENTUM

We have, Newton's second law of motion;
uur
dP
F external =
dt
uur ur uur
If F external = 0 then d P = 0 or P = constant
Thus if no net external force acts on the system the total momentum of the system remains constant.
Thisisknown asprinciple of conservation of momentum.

Note: In many practical phenomenon like collisions, explosion in space, the gravitational
force is always there. But the time of event is to small ( Dt ® 0) , that any change in momentum in
this duration can be neglected. And therefore we can assume that the momentum is the process
remains constant in this duration.

Recoil of a gun :
Consider a system (gun + bullet) is of mass M + m. Before firing gun and bullet are at rest. If bullet
is fired with velocity vr , then recoil velocity of gun can be obtained by conservation of momentum
principle as follows :
total momentum before firing = total momentum after firing
r r
or 0 = mv + MV
r mr
or V = - M v.
Here negative sign shows that gun moves in the direction opposite of the bullet.
5.8 VARIABLE MASS SYSTEM
Rocket propulsion: The rocket propulsion is an example of conservation of momentum.
In a rocket, as the fuel starts burning, the gases emerge out forcefully through the
nozzle. The large backward momentum of the emerging gases imparts an equal amount
of forward momentum to the rocket. As the mass of rocket goes on decreasing, so its
acceleration goes on increasing.
Suppose m0 is the initial mass of the rocket. Let the gases be ejected at a constant rate
r = – dm . Also suppose, the gases are ejected at a constant velocity u relative to
dt
ground.At any time t, the mass of the rocket will be
é æ dm ö ù
m = ê m0 - ç t
ë è dt ÷ø úû . Figure. 5.44
222 MECHANICS
Assuming, initially that gravitational force is not there. Using principle of conservation of momentum
we have,
momentum of system at t = moment of system at (t + Dt )
or mv = (m – Dm) (v + Dv) + Dm (– u)
or mv = mv – Dmv + mDv – DmDv – Dmu
Since Dm and Dv are small, so their product becomes very small and therefore it can be neglected.
Thus we have
mDv = Dm (v + u) …(i)
Dividing both sides of the equation by Dt, we have
Dv Dm
m = (v + u).
Dt Dt
Taking the limit Dt ® 0 ,we get
dv dm
m = (v + u). …(ii)
dt dt
Exhaust velocity of emerging gases: It is the velocity of emerging gases with respect to the rocket at
any instant. Thus we have, velocity of emerging gases
r r r
v r = vgases – v rocket = – u – v
or vr = – (v + u)
\ (v + u ) = -vr
Substituting this value in equation (ii), we get
æ dv ö æ dm ö .
m ç ÷ = - vr ç …(iii)
VARIABLE MASS SYSTEM

è dt ø è dt ÷ø
Thrust force : It is the force generated when certain mass leaves or enters into the system.
Its magnitude can be calculated as :
æ dm ö
Fthrust = vr ç
è dt ÷ø ,
where vr the velocity of the leaving or entering mass relative to the body considered.
Net force on the rocket :
The net force on rocket = thrust force – gravitational force
æ dm ö – mg
or Fnet = vr ç
è dt ÷ø
vr æ dm ö
Thus anet = ç ÷-g …(iv)
m è dt ø
where g is the acceleration due to gravity (which is not constant).
Velocity of rocket : In absence of gravity, from equation (iii), we have
dv vr æ dm ö
= ç ÷
dt m è dt ø

æ dm ö
or dv = – vr ç
è m ÷ø
Integrating both sides, we get
v m æ dm ö
òv0 dv = -vr òm0 çè mø
÷
v
v v = – vr ln m m
0 m 0

æ m ö
or v – v0 = – vr ln ç ÷
è m0 ø

or m0 … (v)
v = v0 + vr ln
m
 Laws of Motion & Equilibrium 223

Newton’s second law for system of variable mass:

ur
uur uur dv
F external + F thrust = m
dt
ur
uur ur æ dm ö dv
or F external + v r ç =m .
è dt ÷ø dt
Here vr is the velocity of the separated (gained) mass relative to the body considered.

Liquid jet
Rate of flow : It is the volume of liquid coming out per second from the pipe. If DV volume

DV
of liquid comes out from the mouth of the pipe in time Dt , then rate of flow, Q = .
Dt Figure. 5.45

dV
For Dt ® 0 Q= .
dt
If a is the area of mouth of the pipe (area of jet) and v is the velocity of jet emerging from pipe, then
the rate of flow,
Q = Volume per second
= area of jet × distance travelled by jet in 1 second
or Q = av m3/s
Force exerted by jet on wall
1. Let us consider a jet of area 'a' strikes the stationary wall with a velocity v and
splaces parallel to wall.
Consider small element of liquid of mass Dm. The change of its momentum after
strike
[DPx]jet = 0 – Dmv = -Dmv Figure. 5.46
ur ur
As [ D P x ] jet + [ D P wall ] = 0 ,

so transfer of momentum to wall [ DPx ]wall = Dmv .

If Dt is the duration of strike, then force exerted by jet on the wall
[ DPx ]wall Dmv
F= =
Dt Dt

æ DV ö æ DV ö
= çr ÷ v = r çè ÷v (D m = rDV )
è Dt ø Dt ø

or F = rQv = rav 2 .

If wall is moving towards jet with velocity u, then

æ Qö
F = ra (v + u)2 = r ç ÷ (v + u )2
è vø

2. Now consider the jet strikes the wall at an angle q with the normal and rebound with the same
angle. The transfer of momentum to wall
[ DPx ]wall = 2 D mv cos q

and [ DPy ]wall = 0.

224 MECHANICS
If Dt isbthe- duration
ac of strike, then the force exerted by jet on wall
[DPx ]wall
F=
Dt

2 Dmv cos q æ Dm ö
= =ç 2v cos q
Dt è Dt ÷ø

æ DV ö
= rç 2v cos q
Figure. 5.47 è Dt ÷ø

or F = 2rQ v cos q = 2r v 2 a cos q .

FORMULAE USED
æ dm ö
1. Thrust force on the rocket, Fthrust = vr ç ÷
è dt ø

æ dm ö
2. Net force on the rocket, fired vertically, Fnet = vr ç ÷ - mg
è dt ø

vr æ dm ö
3. Acceleration of the rocket after time t, anet = ç ÷-g
m è dt ø
4. Velocity of rocket after time t, in absence of gravity
m0
v = v0 + vr ln .
m

Here mass of rocket after time, t = m0 - æç

dm ö
÷ t , and vr is the exhaust velocity of gases.
è dt ø
5. Rate of flow, Q = av.
6. Force exerted jet on wall, F = rQv

EXAMPLES BASED ON VARIABLE MASS SYSTEM

Example 26. A rocket of initial mass 6000 kg ejects mass at a Example 27. A rocket is set for vertical firing. If the exhaust
constant rate of 16 kg/s with constant relative speed of 11 km/s. speed is 1200 m/s, how much gas must be ejected per second to
What is the acceleration of the rocket a minute after the blast ? supply the thrust needed (i) to overcome the weight of the rocket
Neglect gravity. (ii) to give to the rocket an initial vertical upward acceleration of
Sol. Given, initial mass of the rocket 29.6 m/s2? Given mass of the rocket = 6000 kg.
dm Sol. (i) Thrust = weight of the rocket
m 0 = 6000 kg and = 16 kg/s.
dt æ dm ö
The mass of the rocket after 1 minute of the blast or vr ç ÷ = mg
è dt ø
æ dm ö
m = m0 - çè ÷t
dt ø dm mg
= 6000 – 16 × 60 or =
dt vr
= 5040 kg.
The acceleration of the rocket is given by 6000 ´ 9.8
= =49 kg/s Ans.
vr æ dm ö 1200
a = ç ÷ -g
m è dt ø (ii) At t = 0, the acceleration of rocket is given by
11000
= ´ 16 - 0 vr æ dm ö
5040 a = ç ÷- g
= 34.92 m/s2. Ans.
m è dt ø
 Laws of Motion & Equilibrium 225
Sol. Velocity of rocket, starting from rest is given by
1200 æ dm ö
or 29.9 = ç ÷ - 9.8 æ m0 ö
6000 è dt ø v = vr ln ç ÷
è m ø
dm æ m0 ö
\
dt
= 197 kg/s. Ans. 11.2 = 2ln ç ÷
è m ø
Example 28. If the maximum posible exhaust velocity of a After simplifying, we get
rocket be 2 kg/s, calculate the ratio m0/m for it if it is to acquire to m0
= 270.4 Ans.
escape velocity of 11.2 km/s after starting from rest. m

In Chapter Exercise 5.2

1. A stream of water flowing horizontally with a speed of 4. A rocket motor consumes 100 kg of fuel per second,
15ms–1 pushes out of tube of cross sectional area 10–2 m2 exhausting it with a speed of 6 × 103 ms–1. (i) What thrust
and hits at a vertical wall nearby. What is the force exerted is exerted on the rocket? (ii) What will be the velocity of
on the wall by the impact of water, assuming it does not the rocket at the instant its mass is reduced to (1/40)th of
rebound? Ans. 2200 N [NCERT] its initial mass, its initial velocity being zero? Neglect
2. Fuel is consumed at the rate of 50 g per second in a rocket. gravity.
The exhaust gases are rejected at the rate of 5 × 10 5 cms–1. Ans. (i) 6 × 105 N (ii) 22.13 × 103 ms–1]
What is the thrust experienced by the rocket?Ans. 250 N 5. A balloon of mass m is rising up with an acceleration a.
3. In the first second of its flight, a rocket ejects 1/60 of its Show that the fraction of weight of the balloon that must be
mass with a relative velocity of 2073 ms–1. What is the detached in order to double its acceleration is [ma/(2a + g)],
initial acceleration of the rocket? Ans. 24.75 ms–2. assuming the upthrust of air to remain the same.

5.9 EQUILIBRIUM
A force can change the state of motion of body in two ways. It can cause translation
or it can cause translation as well as rotation.

(a) Translation motion of body (b) Translation and rotation

Figure. 5.49
Figure. 5.48
However when many forces act on a body simultaneously, their effects can compensate one
another, with the result that there is no translation or rotational motion. When this is the case, the
body is said to be in equilibrium.
Conditions of equilibrium
(1) If vector sum of forces acting on a body is zero, the body is said to be in translational
ur
equilibrium. Thus for translational equilibrium, å F = 0 .
(2) If vector sum of moment of forces acting on a body about any axis is zero, the body is said to be
r
in rotational equilibrium. Thus for rotational equilibrium, we have å τ = 0 .
For complete equilibrium of a body, we have
ur r
å F = 0 and å τ = 0

(a) Body in translational equilibrium (b) Body in complete equilibrium

Figure. 5.50
226 MECHANICS
Static and dynamic equilibrium
ur
1. If å F = 0 and body is at rest. It is known as static equilibrium.
ur
2. If å F = 0 and body moves with constant velocity. It is known as dynamic equilibrium.
5.10 LAMI'S THEOREM
If a body is in equilibrium under three coplanar concurrent forces, then each force is proportional
to sine of the angle between remaining two forces. According to the theorem, we have
F1 F2 F3
= = = k
sin a1 sin a 2 sin a 3

Figure. 5.51 PROBLEM-SOLVING STRATEGY IN EQUILIBRIUM

1. Make a line diagram of the given device or structure, showing all dimensions and angles.
2. Select an object (for example a knot in rope) and draw separate FBD of this object. If a system is
composed of several bodies, it may be necessary to construct a separate FBD for each one.
3. Construct a system of rectangular axes and resolve all the forces acting on a body along these
axes.
4. Finally use the equations of static equilibrium.
(a) For coplanar-concurrent forces : (Two or more forces)

å Fx = 0 and å Fy = 0 .
The number of unknown in problems should not be more than two.
(b) For coplanar non concurrent forces : (Two or more forces)

å Fx = 0 or å Fy = 0 and å t z = 0 .
The number of unknown in problem should not be more than three.

EXAMPLES BASED ON EQUILIBRIUM

Example 29. A ladder is placed on a smooth floor and held From the geometry of the figure,
against a rough vertical wall. Is ladder remains in its position ?
r 1
Sol. It is clear from the FBD that there cos q = = or q = 60°
2r 2
is an unbalanced force N2 in horizontal
direction. It require a force opposite and
equal in magnitude of N2 to keep the
ladder in its position.

Figure. 5.52

Example 30. A smooth sphere of radius r and weight W hangs

by a light string of length r. One end of the string is fastened to a
point on the surface of the sphere while its other end is fixed to a
point on a smooth vertical wall. Determine the reaction of the wall Figure. 5.54
and the tension in the string.
T N W
Sol. By Lami's theorem, we have = =
sin 90° sin150° sin120°

W sin 90° 2W W sin150° W

or T= = and N = =
sin120° 3 sin120° 3
ur uur uur
We also have, T + N + W = 0 , and T 2 = N 2 + W 2 . Ans.
Example 31. Find the tension in each cord as shown in
Figure. 5.53 figure 5.55. The weight of the suspended body is 100 N.
 Laws of Motion & Equilibrium 227

Figure. 5.55 Figure. 5.57

Sol. Method - I Sol. FBD of whole system is shown in figure.
The whole system is in equilibrium, therefore each part of its must be in
equilibrium.
From FBD, TC = 100 N
Now consider the equilibrium of point O ;

åF x = 0 ; or TB cos 45° - TA = 0

TB
\ TA = TB cos 45° = . .... (i)
2

and
åF y = 0 ; or TB sin 45° - TC = 0 .... (ii)

Figure. 5.58
TC 100 Consider the equilibrium of point D :
\ TB = = = 100 2 N .
sin 45° 1/ 2
å F = 0 , or T sin 45° - T sin 60° = 0
x 1 2 .... (i)

å F = 0 , or T cos 45° + T cos60° = 250

TB 100 2
From equation (i), we get TA = = = 100 N . Ans. and y 1 2 .... (ii)
2 2
T1 sin 45°
Method – II From (i), we have T2 =
sin 60°
T1 sin 45°
Now from (ii), T1 cos 45 + ´ cos 60° = 250
sin 60°
T1 T1 1
or + ´ = 250 or T1 = 224.4 N
2 2 3

æ 1 ö
224.4 ´ ç
T sin 45° è 2 ÷ø
and T2 = 1 = = 183.01 N Ans.
Figure. 5.56 sin 60° æ 3ö
ç 2 ÷
TA TB TC è ø
By Lami's theorem, we have = =
sin135° sin 90° sin135° Consider the equilibrium of point B :

which gives, TA = TC = 100 N åF x = 0 ; or T2 sin 60° + T3 sin 30° - T4 = 0 .... (i)

and TB =
TC
sin135°
=
100
1/ 2
= 100 2 N . and åF y = 0 ; or T3 cos30° - T2 cos60° - 200 = 0 .... (ii)

1
Example 32. A system of connected flexible cables shown in From (ii), T3 cos30° - 183.01 ´ - 200 = 0
2
fig. 5.136 is supporting two vertical forces 200 N and 250 N at points
or T3 = 336.60 N
B and D. Determine the forces in various segments of the cable.
From equation (i), T4 = 255.81 N . Ans.
228 MECHANICS

In Chapter Exercise 5.3

1. Ten one rupee coins are put on top of each other on a 4. Two identical, uniform, frictionless spheres, each of
table. Each coin has a mass m. Give the magnitude and weight W, rest in a rigid rectangular container as shown
direction of (a) the force on the 7th coin (counted from the in figure, find, in terms of W, the forces acting on the
bottom) due to all the coins on its top, (b) the force on the spheres due to (a) the container surfaces and (b) one
7th coin by the 8th coin and (c) the reaction of the 6th coin another, if the line of centres of the spheres makes an
on the 7th coin. [NCERT]Ans. (a) 3 mg (b) 3 mg (c) – 4 mg angle of 45° with the horizontal.
2. There are four forces acting at a point P produced by
strings as shown in figure, which is at rest. Find the forces
F1 and F2?
W
1N
2N
45°
W
45° 45°
45°
P F1
90°
Ans. (a) Bottom: 2W; side; W (b) 2W .
F2
5. Two identical rollers each of weight W = 500 N are
Ans. F1 = 0.707 N, F2 = 2.121 N supported by an inclined plane and a vertical wall as shown
3. A noose is placed around a log and used to pull it with a in fig. Assuming smooth surfaces find the reactions
force F. How will the tension of the ropes forming the induced at the points of supports A, B and C.
loop depend on the magnitude of the angle a ? In what
conditions will the tension of the rope in the sections AB
and AC be larger than in the section AD?
B
F
a A C
D
500N
D
500N
A
C B
30°
F
Ans. T = , α > 120°.
α
2cos 1250 1000
2 Ans. FA = 250 3N , FB = N and FC = N
3 3

5.11 FRICTION
1. Consider a block placed on a horizontal floor and give an initial push (figure a). The
block will stop after travelling some distance. According to Newton’s second law, a retarding
force must be acting on the block. This opposing force is called frictional force. The
frictional force always acts along tangential direction at the point of contact and in opposite
direction to the direction of relative motion of the body.
2. Now consider a block placed at rest in an accelerating cart as shown in figure (b). The
block in fact accelerating along with the cart. Which force causes the acceleration of the
block? It is clear that the only force in the horizontal direction is the frictional force. If there
were no friction, the surface of the cart would slip and the block would remain at its initial
position by inertia. Thus we can say that friction sometimes require to start the motion. Its
Figure. 5.59 direction may be backward or forward of the motion of the body.
Friction can be defined as a force which opposes the relative motion between surfaces in contact.
 Laws of Motion & Equilibrium 229
Contact Force : The resultant force at the point of contact of two bodies is called contact force.
1. Consider a block s placed on a rough surface, figure (a). The contact force on it is equal to;
R = N = Mg.
2. Now consider the same block is acted by a horizontal force F. Let f be the frictional force on
the block, then contact force

R= N2 + f 2 = ( Mg )2 + f 2 .

Thus the component of the contact force R perpendicular to the contact surface is called normal
force and the component parallel to the contact surface is called frictional force.
Origin of friction : The frictional force arises due to molecular interactions between the surfaces at
the points of actual contact. When two bodies are placed one over the other, the actual area of
contact is much smaller than the total surface area of bodies (see fig. 5.61). The molecular forces Figure. 5.60
starts operating at the actual points of contacts of the surfaces. Molecular bonds are formed at
these contact points. When one body is pulled over the other, these bonds are broken, and the
material get deformed and new bonds are formed. The local deformation sends vibrations into the
bodies. These vibrations ultimately damp out and the energy of vibrations appears as heat. Hence,
to start or to carry-on the motion, there is need of a force.

5.12 STATIC AND KINETIC FRICTION

Figure. 5.61
Experiment
(i) Consider a block placed on a table, and a small force F is acted on it. The block does not move.
It indicates that the frictional force fs starts acting in opposite direction of applied force and its
magnitude is equal to F figure (b). For the equilibrium of the block, we can write

fs
F – fs = 0 or =1
F
= tan 45°
(ii) As the applied force increases the frictional force also increases. When the applied force is
increased beyond a certain limit (flim), the block begins to move. The value of frictional force at
this stage is called limiting friction flim (figure c).

Figure. 5.62
(iii) Once the motion started, the smaller force is now necessary to keep the motion. And thus frictional
force decreases. The force of friction when body is in state of motion over the surface is called
kinetic or dynamic friction (figure d).
From the experiment it can be concluded that :
r
1. When a body placed on a surface attempts to slide by a force F and body does not move. Then
r r
the frictional force fs is equal in magnitude of F and directed opposite of F .
2. The maximum value of fs is called limiting friction and is equal to
flim = m s N …(i)
where ms is the coefficient of static friction, and N is the magnitude of the normal force.
230 MECHANICS
3. When body begins to slide along the surface, the magnitude of the frictional force
decreases to a value fk which is equal to
fk = m k N …(ii)
where m k is the coefficient of kinetic friction.

It is clear from above discussion that ;

fk £> fs but fk < flim
Figure. 5.63
Variation of frictional force More about frictional force
with the applied force
About static friction
(i) The limiting friction depends on the materials of the surfaces in contact and their state of polish.
(ii) The magnitude of static friction is independent of the apparent area of contact so long as the
normal reaction remains the same.
(iii) The limiting friction is directly proportional to the magnitude of the normal reaction between the
two surfaces. i.e., flim = m s N
f
\ We can write, ms = lim
N
About kinetic friction
(i) The kinetic friction depends on the materials of the surface in contact.
(ii) It is also independent of apparent area of contact as long as the magnitude of normal reaction
remains the same.
(iii) Kinetic friction is almost independent of the velocity, provided the velocity is not too large not
too small.
(iv) The kinetic friction is directly proportional to the magnitude of the normal reaction between the
surfaces. i.e., fk = m k N
fk
\ We can write, mk =
N
There are two types of kinetic friction :
(i) Sliding friction : The force of friction when one body slides over the surface of the another
body is called sliding friction.
(ii) Rolling friction : When a wheel rolls without slipping over a horizontal surface, there is no
relative motion of the point of contact of the wheel with respect to the plane. Theoretically
for a rolling wheel the frictional force is zero. This can only possible when bodies in contact
are perfectly rigid and contact of wheel with the surface is made only at a point. But in
practice no material body is perfectly rigid and therefore bodies get deformed when they
pressed each other. The actual area of their contact no remain a point. And thus a small
amount of friction starts acting between the body and the surface. Here frictional force is
Figure. 5.64
called rolling friction. It is clear from above discussion that rolling friction is very much
smaller than sliding friction.
Angle of friction ( l ) : The angle of friction is defined as the angle which the contact force makes with
the normal reaction.
From the figure, the angle of friction
f
tan l = .
N
We have m= f
N
\ m = tan l
Figure. 5.65
Contact force (R) : The value of contact force R can be ;

N £R£ N 2 + (m s N )2

or N £ R £ N 1 + m s2 .
 Laws of Motion & Equilibrium 231

About coefficient of friction :

As fk < flim or m k N < ms N

\ mk < ms .
The theoretical value of m can be 0 to infinite. But practical value; 0 < m £ 1.6.
More about rolling friction
Let us consider the situation where a wheel moves without slipping on a horizontal surface. Experiment
shows that a horizontal force P is required to maintain uniform motion, so some sort of resistance must
be present. We can understand this resistance by making a deformation in the surface as shown in
fig. 5.66. In order to develope a resistance to motion, it is clear that normal force N must oriented at some
angle f in the direction of motion. As the wheel is moving with constant velocity, so P = N sin f
a
From the figure sin f = .
r
\ Rolling resistance, f = P = N sin f
a
=N .
r
The distance 'a' in this equation is called coefficient of rolling resistance.
Angle of repose ( a ) : It is the angle that an inclined plane makes with the horizontal when a body placed
on it is in limiting equilibrium.
Let us consider a block is placed on a rough inclined plane of inclination a. If block is just about to slide, Figure. 5.66
then we have
flim = Mg sin a …(i)
and N = Mg cos a …(ii)
Dividing equation (i) by (ii), we get
flim
= tan a
N
f
Also we have, m s = lim
N
\m s = tan a
As m s = tan l
Figure. 5.67
\a = l .
Pull is easier than push
Push : Consider a block of mass m placed on a rough horizontal surface. The coefficient of static
friction between the block and surface is m . Let a push force F is applied at an angle q with the
horizontal.

Figure. 5.68
As the block is in equilibrium along y-axis, so we have
å Fy = 0 ;
or N = mg + F sin q .
To just move the block along x-axis, we have
F cos q = m N = m (mg + F sin q )
mmg
or F= . …(i)
cos q - m sin q
232 MECHANICS
Pull : Along y-axis we have;

å Fy = 0 ;
\ N = mg – F sin q
To just move the block along x-axis, we have
F cos q = m N = m (mg – F sin q )

æ mmg ö
or F= ç . …(ii)
è cos q + m sin qø÷

It is clear from above discussion that pull force is smaller than push force.

Minimum value of pull force :

dF
The pull force to be minimum, =0
dq

d é mmg ù
or ê cos q + m sin q ú = 0
dq ë û
or – sin q + m cos q = 0
or m = tan q or q = tan–1( m )
Substituting this value in equation (ii), we get

tan q mg
Fmin =
cos q + tan q sin q

or Fmin = mg sin q .

FORMULAE USED
1. Limiting friction, flim = µsN.
2. Kinetic friction, fk = µkN.
3. Static friction, fs £ flim.
4. Kinetic friction, fx < flim
5. If l is the angle of friction, then µ = tan l
6. Angle of repose, tan f = µs.
7. Angle of repose = angle of friction.

f mmg
8. For body moving on rough horizontal surface retardation, a = = = mg .
m m
9. For a body placed on a rough inclined plane of inclination q,
N = mg cos q,
and friction, f = µmg cos q
10. When body moves down on rough inclined plane, acceleration,
a = (sin q – µkcos q)g
11. When body moves up on rough inclined plane, retardation, a = (sin q + µkcos q)g.

12. Contact force, R = Mg 1 + m 2s

 Laws of Motion & Equilibrium 233
EXAMPLES BASED ON FRICTION
Example 33. A block of mass 2 kg is placed on the floor. The the acceleration of man = acceleration of belt
coefficient of static friction is 0.4. A force of 2.5 N is applied on the = 1 m/s2.
block as shown in fig. 5.69. Calculate the force of friction between Mass of the man, M = 65 kg.
the block and the floor.
Net force on the man = M a = 65 × 1 = 65 N.
The maximum friction available = µs N
or fmax = 0.2 × 65 g

f max
The acceleration of the man, a =
m

0.2 ´ 65 g
= = 0.2 g
65
Figure. 5.69
= 0.2 × 9.8 = 1.96 m/s2
Sol. The value of limiting friction, flim = m s N Example 36. A block of mass 4 kg is placed on another block of
= 0.4 × 2 g mass 5 kg, and the block B rests on a smooth horizontal table. For
= 0.4 × 2 × 9.8 = 7.84 N sliding the block A on B, a horizontal force 12 N is required to be
As the applied force of magnitude 2.5 N which is less than the limiting applied on it. How much maximum horizontal force can be applied
friction (7.84 N), so the block will not move. Thus, Fnet = 0. on B so that both A and B move together? Also find out the
Let f is the frictional force generated between the block and the floor, acceleration produced by this force.
then we have
2.5 – f = 0 or f = 2.5 N. Ans.
Example 34. Find the frictional force on 2 kg block in the
arrangement shown in fig. 5.70.

Figure. 5.72
Sol. As 12N force is needed to slide the block A over B, so limiting
friction on block A = 12 N.
The acceleration provided to block A by this frictional force,

12
a= = 3 m/s2
4
Figure. 5.70 Now force required to move block together with block A
Sol. Suppose the inclined plane is smooth. The acceleration of 2 kg F = (4 + 5) × a = 9 × 3 = 27 N. Ans.
block Example 37.The rear side of a truck is open and a box of 40 kg
2 g sin 30° - 1g mass is placed 5 m away from the open end as shown in figure 5.73.
a= = 0. The coefficient of friction between the box and the surface is 0.15.
2 +1
The system of two blocks is in equilibrium on smooth inclined plane. On a straight road, the truck starts from rest and accelerates with
Therefore friction will not generate. 2 m/s2. At what distance from the starting point does the box fall off
the truck ? Ignore the size of the box.
Example 35. Fig. 5.71 shows a man standing stationary with
respect to a horizontal conveyor belt that is accelerating with 1 m/
s2. What is the net force on the man ? If the coefficient of static
friction between the man’s shoes and the belt is 0.2, upto what
acceleration of the belt can continue to be stationary relative to
the belt ? Mass of the man = 65 kg. [NCERT]
Figure. 5.73
Sol. Because of the acceleration of the truck the pseudo force on the
box = m × a = 40 × 2 = 80 N.
This force acts opposite to the acceleration of the truck.
The frictional force on the truck which acts in forward direction
fk = m N = 0.15 × 40 g = 58.8 N.
Figure. 5.71 Since pseudo force is greater than frictional force, so block will accelerate
Sol. As the man is stationary relative to belt, in backward direction relative to truck with a magnitude
234 MECHANICS

80 - 58.8
a= = 0.53 m/s2.
40
The time taken by box to cover the distance 5 m

1 2
s=0+ at
2

1
or 5= × 0.53 × t2 Figure. 5.74
2
Sol. For maximum value of acceleration of prism, the tendency of the
\ t = 4.34 s . bar is sliding up the inclined plane, and therefore frictional force on the
The distance travelled by truck in this duration bar acts down the inclined plane.
For the equilibrium of bar along y-axis, we have
1
× 2 (4.34)2 = 18.87 m.Ans.
åF
s=0+
2 y = 0
Example 38. Prism 1 and bar 2 of mass m placed on it gets a or N = mg cos a + ma sin a …(i)
horizontal acceleration a directed towards the left. At what For the equilibrium of the bar relative to prism along x-axis, we have

åF
maximum value of this acceleration will the bar be still stationary
x = 0
relative to the prism, if the coefficient of friction between them m
or mg sin a + m N = ma cos a …(ii)
< cot a ?
Solving equations (i) and (ii), we get
é g (1 + m cot a ) ù
a = ê ú. Ans.
ë cot a - m û

In Chapter Exercise 5.4

1. Block A in figure weighs 4N and block B weighs 8N. The 3. A string is connected to block of mass m = 1.2 kg placed
coefficient of sliding friction between all surfaces is 0.25. over rough table surface as shown in figure. Calculate
Find the force P necessary to drag block B to the left at minimum vertical force F (in Newton) required to move
constant speed. the block. Pulley string are ideal and coefficient of friction
(a) If A rests on B and moves with it. 1
(b) If A is held at rest between block and table surface is m = . Take g = 10 m/s2.
2
(c) If A and B are connected by a light flexible cord passing
around a fixed frictionless pulley. [Integer]
µ = 1/2
A A A m
P B P B P B 37° 37°
(a) (b) (c)
Ans. (a) 3.00N (b) 4.00N (c) 5.00 N.
2. In figure A is 10 kg block and B is a 5 kg block, (a) F
determine the minimum mass of C which must be placed
on A to prevent it from sliding. If coefficient of static Ans. 8
4. Find the mass of the hanging block which will prevent
friction ms between A and the table is 0.25 (b) the block C the smaller block from slipping over the triangular block.
is suddenly lifted off A, what is the acceleration of block All the surfaces are frictionless and the strings and the
A, if the coefficient of kinetic friction between A and the pulleys are light. Ans. 2 kg
table is 0.20? Given m = M = 1kg; cot q = 2. [Integer]
C

A
m
m s = 0.25 M
m k = 0.20 q
B

Ans. Mc = 10 kg, a = 1.96 m/s2..

 Laws of Motion & Equilibrium 235
5. In the arrangement the masses of bodies are equal to m0, 7. A heavy homogeneous sphere is suspended by a light
m1, and m2, the masses of the pulley and the threads are string, one end of which is attached to a vertical wall and
negligible, and there is no friction in the pulley. Find the the other, to a point on the vertical line through the centre
acceleration 'a' with which the body m0 comes down, and of sphere as shown in figure. What should be the
the tension of the thread binding together the bodies m 1 coefficient of friction between the sphere and the wall for
and m2, if the coefficient of friction between the bodies and the sphere to remain in equilibrium ?
the horizontal surface is equal to m . Consider possible
cases.
T1
2 kg
T2
m1 m2 3 kg Ans. µ ³ 1 .
m
µ
m0 10 kg
8. A short, right circular cylinder of weight W rests in a
horizontal, V-shaped notch of angle 2a as shown in
figure. If the coefficient of friction is µ, find the horizontal
é m - m ( m1 + m2 ) ù æ m0 m2 g (1 + m ) ö
Ans. a = ê 0 úg;T= ç . force parallel to the axis necessary for slipping to occur.
ë m 0 + m 1 + m 2 û è m0 + m1 + m2 ÷ø
6. In the figure coefficient of kinetic friction between the
block 3 kg and 2kg is m = 0.3. The horizontal table surface
is smooth. Find µW
(i) the acceleration of masses Ans : .
(ii) tensions in the strings 2a sin a
Ans. (i) 5.75 m/s2 (ii) T1 = 17.38 N, T2 = 40.5 N

5.13 INERTIAL AND NON-INERTIAL FRAME OF REFERENCE

An inertial frame of reference is one in which Newton's first law holds good. Thus a frame, either at rest
or moving with constnt velocity will be an inertial frame. All frames moving with uniform velocity
relative to an inertial frame are also inertial. Frame of reference which hs acceleration or rotation with
respect to an inertial frame is non-inertial.
Our frame of referenec : Because of rotation of earth about its axis and revolution revolution around
sun, our frame of reference is non-inertial. But acceleration due to these two motions is negligibly
small in comparison to acceleration due to gravity and therefore can be neglected. For most laboratory
phenomenon, it can be assumed that our frame of reference is inertial.
Working in non-inertial frame : Pseudo force MISCELLANEOUS TOPICS
Consider a particle, which is at rest in an inertial fram S1. Consider another frame S2 which is acceler-
ating towards right with an acceleration a0 with respect to an inertial frame.

In frame S1, the acceleration of particle is zero, so from Newton's second law, we can write
r r
F = ma = m ´ 0 = 0
In frame S2, the acceleration of particle is
r r r
éa particle ù = éa particle ù – éa frame s ù
ë û s2 ë û s1 ë 2 ûs
1

= 0 – a0ˆi
= – a0ˆi
236 MECHANICS
Now from Newton's second law, we can write
r r
é Fparticle ù = m éa particle ù
ë û s2 ë û s2

( )
ˆ
= m - a0 i

= - ma0ˆi .
This force actually not acting on the particle, but arises due to the acceleration of the frame. So this
force is called pseudo or fictious force. Regarding with pseudo force the following points should be
noted :
(i) It should be taken in non-inertial frame only.
(ii) Its magnitude is equal to the mass of the object times the acceleration of the frame.
(iii) The direction of pseudo force will be opposite to the direction of acceleration of the frame. Thus
r r
Fpseudo = - ma0 .

Newton's second law in non-inertial frame

In non-inertial frame, Newton's second law may be written as follows :
r r r
Freal + Fpseudo = ma .
MISCELLANEOUS TOPICS

Here ar is the acceleration of the object in non-inertial frame. Above equation can also be written as
:
r
é Fnet ù r
ë û real and pseudo = ma .
Working in non-inertial frame
(1) To an object moving in non-inertial frame, apply pseudo force of magnitude ma0 in the direction
opposite of the direction of acceleration of the frame. Thereafter mark all the real forces acting on
the object.
(2) Now find net of the forces of specific direction.
Then use Newton's second law as :
r
é Fnet ù r
ë û real and pseudo = ma .

5.14 FORCES IN NATURE

At the present stage of our understanding, we know about four fundamental forces in nature. These
are :
1. Gravitational force : It is the force of mutual attraction between the objects by virtue of their
masses. It is a universal force. The gravitational force acts over long distances and does not
need any intervening medium. Compared to other fundamental forces, gravitational force is the
weakest force of nature.
2. Electromagnetic force : Electromagnetic force is the force between the objects due to charges
on them. It may be attractive or repulsive. It acts over long distances and does not need any
intervening medium. It is very much stronger than gravitational force. The forces spring, tension
or compression, friction are electromagnetic in nature.
3. The strong nuclear force : The strong nuclear force binds protons and neutrons in nucleus. It
does not depend on charge and acts equally between a proton and a proton, a neutron and a
neutron, and a proton and a neutron. Electron does not experience this force. It acts for very
short distance, order of 10–15 m.
4. The weak nuclear force : The weak nuclear force appears only in certain nuclear process such
as the b -decay of a nucleus. The weak nuclear force is not as weak as gravitational force, but
much weaker than strong nuclear force. The range of weak nuclear force is very small, of the
order of 10–15 m.
Each fundamental force is thought to arise from the exchange of its characteristic particles.
(i) The gravitational force is thought to be caused due to exchange of an undetected particles
called gravitons.
 Laws of Motion & Equilibrium 237
(ii) Electromagnetic force arises due to the exchange of photons between the charged particles.

(iii) The strong nuclear force arises from the exchange of mesons (p- ) .
(iv) Weak nuclear force arises from the exchange of bosons (W–).

(i) Gravitational force (ii) Electromagnetic force

(iii) Strong nuclear force (iv) Weak nuclear force

Figure. 5.75

EXAMPLES FOR JEE-(MAIN AND ADVANCED)

Example 1. A man of mass 70 kg is running on a railroad car,
which is going towards right with an acceleration of 2 m/s2. The
acceleration of man with respect to car is 3 m/s2. Find the force
acting on the man.
Sol. Solution in inertial frame :

Figure. 5.76
The acceleration of the man in inertial frame is
r r r
a = éëa man ùû car + ëéacar ûùinertial frame
Figure. 5.78
or a = 3+2 Sol. Let the wedge is accelerated towards left with an acceleration 'a'.
= 5 m/s2.
The FBD of the block in the frame from is shown in figure. The block
From Newton's second law
r r remains at rest with respect to wedge, so along the inclined plane, we
F = ma have
or F = 70 × 5 = 350 N. Ans.
Solution in non-inertial frame : mg sin q – ma cos q = 0
or a = g tan q . …(i)
Perpendicular to the inclined plane, the block is also at rest, therefore
N = mg cos q + ma sin q

mg
= mg cos q + m (g tan q ) sin q = .
cos q
Thus force exerted by the wedge on the block
Figure. 5.77
The acceleration of the man with respect to car is 2 m/s2. mg
= Ans.
Now from Newton's second law, we can write, cos q
F – 70 × 2 = 70 × 3
Example 3. Consider a simple pendulum is hanging in a
\ F = 350 N Ans.
Example 2. A block of mass m is placed on a smooth wedge of accelerated railroad car. Pendulum makes an angle q with the
inclination q . The whole system is accelerated horizontally so vertical. Find valeu of q.
that the block does not slip on the wedge. Determine the force In inertial frame: To an observer on the ground, the forces on the bob
exerted by the wedge on the block. of pendulum are;
238 MECHANICS
Sol.
Sol. (i)

Figure. 5.81
Figure. 5.79 If q1 is the required angle, then
(i) Weight of bob, mg acts vertically downward. T cos q1 = mg cos q … (i)
(ii) Tension in the string T. and mg sin q - T sin q1 = m × 0 … (ii)
Thus for the motion of bob relative to an observer on the ground, Solving equations (i) and (ii), we get
q1 = q . Ans.
T sin q = ma, …(i)
(ii)
and T cos q = mg. …(ii)

Dividing equation (i) by (ii), we get

a
tan q = .
g

In non-inertial frame : To an observer inside the railroad car, the Figure. 5.82
forces on the bob are; If q2 is the required angle, then by Newton's second law

mg sin q - T sin q2 = m( g sin q)

which on solving gives, q2 = 0. Ans.
Example 5. A block of mass m is on a wedge of mass M. Wedge M
moves towards left with an acceleration a0. If all surfaces are smooth,
then find the acceleration of the block with respect to the wedge.

Figure. 5.80
(i) Weight of bob, mg acts vertically downward.
(ii) Tension in the string T and
(iii) Pseudo force ma opposite of the acceleration of car. Figure. 5.83
As bob is stationary relative to the observer inside car, so Sol. If a is the acceleration of the block down the plane with respect to

åF
the wedge, then acceleration of the block with respect to the ground will
x = 0 ;
be = ( acosq – a 0) towards right. Let N be the force of interaction
or T sin q – ma = 0 between block and the wedge.
For the motion of the wedge
\ T sin q = ma …(i) N sinq = Ma 0 ...(i)
For the motion of the block
and åF y = 0 N sinq = m(acosq–a0) ...(ii)
or T cos q – mg = 0
\ T cos q = mg. …(ii)
Dividing (i) by (ii), we get

a
tan q = .
g Figure. 5.84
Example 4. A simple pendulum is hanging from the ceiling of After solving equations (i) and (ii), we get
a trolley which is coming down on an inclined plane. Find angle
é ( M + m ) a0 ù
made by the string from the perpendicular of the trolley when a = ê ú. Ans.
(i) it moves with constant speed, ë m cos q û
(ii) when it moves with constant acceleration g sin q.
 Laws of Motion & Equilibrium 239
Example 6. A block is placed on an inclined plane moving
towards right with an acceleration a0 = g. The length of the inclined
plane is l0. All the surfaces are smooth. Find the time taken by the
block to reach from bottom to top of the inclined plane.
Sol. If m is the mass of the block, then preudo force on the block will
be ma0 towards left. Thus acceleration of the block up the plane w.r.t.
the plane

Figure. 5.87
Sol. Let acceleration of the 2 kg block is a towards right with respect to
Figure. 5.85 cart. The forces on the blocks in accelerated frame are shown in figure.
ma0 cos30° - mg sin 30° The forces mark by dotted arrows are pseudo forces.
a = For 2 kg block; T – 2 × 1 = 2a …(i)
m
For 1 kg block; 1g – T = 1a …(ii)
= a0 cos30° - g sin 30°
Solving equations (i) and (ii), we get

=
g ( 3 -1 ). a =
8
m/s2 and T =
22
N.
2 3 3
If t is the time taken, then Acceleration of blocks w.r.t. ground;
1 2 8
l0 = at
2 Acceleration of 1 kg block = m/s2 along downward and 1 m/s2 along
3

2l 0 2l 0 horizontal
or t =
a
= g ( )
3 -1 / 2
Acceleration of 2 kg block; a =
8
+1=
11
m/s2. Ans.
3 3
4l 0 Example 9. A particle of mass m, originally at rest, is subjected
= . Ans.
g ( 3 -1 ) to a force whose direction is constant but whose magnitude varies
with the time according to the relation
Example 7. In the arrangement shown in figure 5.86, the block
é æ t -T ö 2ù
A is of mass m and block B is mass M. Block B is resting on a
F = F0 ê1 – çè ÷ ú
smooth horizontal surface, while friction coefficient between blocks ëê T ø ûú
A and B is m. What maximum force F can be applied so that block
A does not slip over the block B. where F0 and T are constants. The force acts only for the time
interval 2T.
(a) Make a rough graph of F versus t.
(b) Prove that the speed v of the particle after a time 2T has
4F0T
elapsed is equal to .
3m
Sol. Given that
Figure. 5.86
é æt -Tö ù
2
Sol. The maximum friction that can available for block A = mmg. If a is (a) F = F0 ê1 - çè T ÷ø ú
the maximum acceleration that this friction provides to block A, then by êë úû
Newton¢s second law
mmg = ma é æ 0 - T ö2ù
At, t = 0, F = F0 ê1 - ç ÷ ú=0
\ a = mg. êë è T ø úû
For both the blocks move together with acceleration a,
é T -T ö ù
2
F = ( M + m) a t = T, F = F0 ê1 - æç ú = F0
÷
= (M + m) mg. Ans. êë è T ø úû
Example 8. A cart carries two blocks of masses 2 kg and 1 kg
which are connected by a string passing over a pulley, as shown in é æ 2T - T ö 2 ù
figure 5.87. The cart is moving towards right with an acceleration t = 2T, F = F0 ê1 - çè T ÷ø ú = 0
êë úû
of 1 m/s2. Find the acceleration of blocks with respect to ground
and tension in the string. (Take g = 10 m/s2) The graph of F versus t is shown in fig. 5.88.
240 MECHANICS

mg æ dv ö
or cos as = m ç v ÷
3 è ds ø

g
or vdv = 3 cos(as ) ds …(i)

Integrating equation (i), we get

v s
g
Figure. 5.88 ò
0
vdv =
3 ò
cos( as) ds
0
(b) We have acceleration of the particle

F F0 é æ t - T ö ù
2
v
a = m = ê1 - ç ÷ ú v2 g s
m êë è T ø ûú or = sin as 0
2 3a
0

F0 é æ t - T ö
2ù
dv æ v2 ö
or = m ê1 - çè T ÷ø ú g
dt êë úû or ç - 0÷ = ( sin as - sin 0 )
è 2 ø 3a
2T
F0 é æ t -T ö2ù
or v = ò m
ê1 - ç ÷ ú dt
êë è T ø úû v
é 2g ù
= ê sin as ú
1/ 2

0 ë 3a û
2T
é æt -T ö ù
3
é 2g ù
1/ 2
ê çè ÷ø T ú = ê sin a ú . Ans.
F
= 0 êt - T ú ë 3a û
m êë 3 úû 0
Example 11. Figure 5.90 shows a man of mass 60 kg standing
on a lift weighing machine kept in a box of mass 30 kg. The box is
éì æ 2T - T ö üï ìï
3
æ 0 - T ö üï ù
3 hanging from a pulley fixed to the ceiling through a light rope, the
êï ç ÷ T ç ÷ T ú other end of which is held by the man himself. If the man manages
= F0 ê í2T - è T ø ý - í0 - è T ø ý ú
ï ï ï ïú to keep the box at rest, what is the weight shown by the machine ?
m êë î 3 þ î 3 þû
What force should he exert on the rope to get his correct weight on
the machine?
4 F0T
= . Proved
3m
Example 10. A bar of mass m resting on a smooth horizontal
plane starts moving due to the force F = mg/3 of constant magnitude.
In the process of its rectilinear motion the angle a between the
direction of this force and the horizontal varies as a = as, where a
is a constant, and s is the distance traversed by the bar from its
initial position. Find the velocity of the bar as a function of the
angle a.
Sol. Let at any distance s, the a is the inclination of force. From
Newton’s second law, we have

Figure. 5.90
Sol. The FBD is drawn in figure (b). From the FBD :
For man, N + T = 60 g …(i)
For box, T = N + 30 g …(ii)
Solving equations (i) and (ii), we get
N = 15 g = 150 N
Thus, weight of man as shown by machine is 15 kg. Ans.
To get his correct weight let the man exerts force T ¢ on the rope. He
together with the box move up with an acceleration a. Here we have N =
60g = 600 N.
Figure. 5.89 For man, (N + T ¢) – 60 g = 60 a
or 600 + T ¢ – 60 × 10 = 60 a … (iii)
dv
F cos a = m dt and for box T ¢ – (N + 30g) = 30 a
or T ¢ – (600 + 30 × 10) = 30 a … (iv)
 Laws of Motion & Equilibrium 241
Solving equations (iii) and (iv), we get Sol. The velocity of the point B in horizontal direction is v.
a = 3 m/s2 The centre of the cylinder is half way between A and B, so its
and T ¢ = 1800 N. Ans. velocity will be
v
Example 12. A light vertical chain is being used to haul up an u = N
2
object of mass M kg attached to its lower end. The vertical pull The velocity perpendicular to line AO, u O
applied has a magnitude of F newton at t = 0 and it decreases q q
v B A
uniformly at a rate of f newton per meter over a distance h through u 'cos q = u = v u¢
2
the object is raised. Show that the velocity of the object after it has mg
v
been raised through a small h metre is given by, \ u¢ = ;
2cos q
2h fh
v= ( F - Mg - ) . 2 r/2 1
M 2 cosq = =
r 2
Sol. Let object be raised through a distance y in time t.
mu '2
Now mg cos q - N =
r
mu '2
\ N = mg cos q -
r
2
æv ö
m ç cos q÷
è2 ø
= mg cos q -
r
mg mv 2
= - Ans.
2 2r
Figure. 5.91 Example 14. A pulley fixed to the ceiling of an elevator car
The instantaneous pull on the object will be (F – f y). By Newton’s carries a thread whose ends are attached to the loads m1 and m2 (m1
second law, we have > m2). The car starts going up with an acceleration a. Assuming the
(F – f y) – Mg = Ma masses of the pulley and the thread, as well as the friction, to be
negligible find :
dv ( F - fy - Mg )
or a = = (a) the acceleration of m 1 relative to the elevator shaft and
dt M relative to car
dv (b) the force exerted by the pulley on the ceiling of the car.
( F - fy - Mg )
or v = … (i) Sol.
dy M
Integrating equation (i), we have (a) Suppose the acceleration of load m 1 with respect to car is a
downward, then acceleration of m2 will be a upward.
v h If their accelerations are a1 and a2 respectively w.r.t. an observer
( F - fy - Mg )
ò0
vdv =
ò
0
M
dy on the ground, then
a1 = (a – a0) downward
After solving, we get

2h fh
v = ( F - Mg - ) . Ans.
M 2
Example 13. A cylinder of mass m and radius r rests on two supports
of the same height (see figure). One support is stationary, while the
other slides from under the cylinder at a velocity v. Determine the force
of normal pressure N exerted by the cylinder on the stationary support
at the moment when the distance between the points A and B of the
supports is AB = r 2 , assuming that the supports were very close to
each other at the initial instant. The friction between the cylinder and the
supports should be neglected.

Figure. 5.92
and a2 = (a + a0) upward
By Newton’s second law, we have
m1g – T = m1(a – a0) …(i)

and T – m2g = m2(a + a0) …(ii)

242 MECHANICS
Solving equations (i) and (ii), we get g
\ a = m/s2
(m - m2 )( g + a0 ) 2m1m2 29
a= 1 ; T = m + m ( g + a0 )
(m1 + m2 ) 1 2 Acceleration of the rod relative to ball = 2a – (–a)
= 3a
Displacement,l = 100 cm = 1m.
By second equation of motion, we have
1 2
l = ut + (3a )t
2
1 g
or 1 = 0+ 3´ ´ t2
2 29
\ t = 1.40 s . Ans.
Example 16. In the arrangement shown in figure 5.95 the mass
of the rod M exceeds the mass of the ball. The ball has an opening
permitting it to slide along the thread with some friction. The
mass of the pulley and the friction in its axle are negligible. At the
initial moment the ball was located opposite to lower end of the
rod. When set free both bodies began moving with constant
Figure. 5.93 acceleration. Find the frictional force between the ball and the
( m1 - m2 ) g - 2 m2 a0 thread if t seconds after the beginning of the motion the ball got
\ a = a - a0 = . Ans. opposite the upper end of the rod. The rod length equals l.
( m1 + m2 )
(b) The force exerted by pulley on ceiling of car
F=2T
4 m1m2
= ( g + a0 ) . Ans.
m1 + m2
Example 15.In the arrangement shown in figure 5.94 the mass
of the ball 1 is h = 1.8 times as great as that of rod 2. The length of
the later is l = 100 cm. The masses of the pulleys and the threads,
as well as the friction are negligible. The ball is set on the same
level as the lower end of the rod and then released. How soon will
the ball be opposite to the other end of the rod.

Figure. 5.95
Sol. The situation is shown in figure.
Let T is the force in the thread due to friction between ball and thread.
Suppose A and a are the accelerations of rod and the ball respectively.
By Newton’s second law, we have
for rod, Mg – T = MA … (i)
for ball mg – T = ma … (ii)
Multiplying equation (i) by m and (ii) by M and subtracting equation (ii)
from (i), we get

æ Mm ö
T = çè ÷ ( A - a) . … (iii)
M - mø
Figure. 5.94
From second equation of motion, we have
Sol. Let the acceleration of the mass m 1 is a upward, then the
acceleration of m2 will be 2a downward. From FBD, we have 1
l = 0+ ( A - a )t 2
T – m1g = m1a … (i) 2
m2g– T ¢ = m2(2a) … (ii)
and T = 2T ¢ … (iii) 2l
or ( A - a) = . …(iv)
Solving above equations, we get t2
é 2m2 - m1 ù Now from equation (iii) and (iv), we get
a = ê m + 4m ú g
ë 1 2û 2 Mml
T = . Ans.
Given m 1 = 1.8 m2 ( M - m )t 2
 Laws of Motion & Equilibrium 243
Example 17.In the arrangement shown in figgure 5.96 neglect Sol. Constraint relations;
the masses of pulleys and string and also friction. Calculate Let y1, y2 and y3 are the positions of pulleys A, B and C respectively at
accelerations of blocks A and B. any instant with respect to a dotted line shown in figure. The total length
of the string
2y1 + y2 + (y2 – y1) + y3 + (y3 – y2) + l0 = l
or y1 + y2 + 2y3 + l0 = l …(i)
where l0 is the length of part of string over the pulleys, which is constant.
Differentiating equation (i) w.r.t. time, we get
dy1 dy2 dy
+ +2 3 = 0
dt dt dt
or v1 + v2 + 2v3 = 0 … (ii)
Also a1 + a2 + 2a3 = 0
Let a1 = a upward and a2 = a upward, then

æ a1 + a2 ö
a3 = çè ÷ = a downward.
2 ø
Since string is same throughout and uniform, the tension in it will be
same every where . Thus
for pulley A;
Figure. 5.96 2T – (T + 1g) = 1a … (i)
Sol. Since string is same throughout, so the tension in it will be same For pulley B;
2T – (T + 1g) = 1a … (ii)
everywhere. Let a 1 and a 2 are the accelerations of blocks A and B
For pulley C;
respectively and T is the tension in the string.
1g – 2T = 1a … (iii)
From FBD
Solving above equations, we get
By Newton’s second law, we have
for block A, m1g – T = m 1a 1 … (i) g, - g , a = g and T = 2 g = 6.53N . Ans.
for block B, 2T – m2g = m2a2 … (ii) a1 = - a2 = 3
3 3 3 3
and for pulley inside dotted box
2T – T = 0 Example 19.The pulleys A and C are fixed while the pulley B
Þ T = 0 is movable. A mass M2 attached to pulley B, while the strings has
\ From equations (i) and (ii), we get masses M1 and M3 at the two ends. Find the acceleration of the
a1 = g and a2 = g. Ans. each mass.
Example 18. In the pulley system shown in figure the movable
pulleys A, B and C are of 1 kg each. D and E are fixed pulleys. The
strings are light and inextensible. Find the accelerations of the
pulleys and tension in the string.

Figure. 5.99 Fig. 5.100

Sol. Constraint relations :
Let at any instant the position of the masses are as shown in fig. 5.63.
The total length of the string
y1 + 2y2 + y3 + l0 = l … (i)
Differentiating w.r.t. time, we get
dy1 dy dy
+2 2 + 3 = 0
Figure. 5.97 dt dt dt
Fig. 5.98 or v1 + 2v2 + v3 = 0. … (ii)
Also a1+ 2a2 + a3 = 0. … (iii)
244 MECHANICS
Suppose a1 is upward and a3 is upward, then Example 21. Find the acceleration of rod A and wedge B in the
æ a1 + a3 ö arrangement shown in figure 5.102. If the ratio of the mass of
a2 = çè ÷ downward. wedge to that of the rod equals h, and the friction between the
2 ø
contact surfaces are negligible.
By Newton’s second law, we have
for block M1 :
T – M1g = M1a1 … (i)
for block M3;
T – M3g = M 3a 3 … (ii)
for block M2;
M2g – 2T = m 2a 2 … (iii)
Solving above equations we get
é - M1M 2 + 3M 2 M 3 - 4M1M 3 ù
a1 = ê úg ,
ë M1M 2 + M 2 M 3 + 4M1M 3 û

é M M + M 2 M 3 - 4 M1M 3 ù
a2 = ê 1 2 úg,
ë M1M 2 + M 2 M 3 + 4 M1M 3 û Figure. 5.102
Sol. Let in any time the rod displaces down by y, the corresponding
é 3M1M 2 - M 2 M 3 - 4M1M 3 ù horizontal displacement of wedge will be x. From the figure, we have
and a3 = ê M M + M M - 4M M ú g . Ans. y = x tan q. … (i)
ë 1 2 2 3 1 3 û
Differentiating both sides of equation (i), we get
Example 20. Block A of mass m is placed over a wedge of same
mass m. Assuming all surfaces to be smooth, calculate the dy dx
= tan q .
displacement of the block A in 1s. dt dt
or vrod = vwedge tan q …(ii)
Also arod = awedgetan q. … (iii)
Let mass of the rod is m, then mass of wedge, M = hm.
By Newton’s second law :
For vertical motion of rod;
mg – N cosq = marod … (iv)
For horizontal motion of wedge;
N sin q = Ma wedge

æ arod ö
= M çè ÷ … (v)
Figure. 5.101 tan q ø
Sol. Let acceleration of wedge be a down the plane. The acceleration of Solving equations (iv) and (v), we get
block A will be a sinq vertically downward g
For block A; mg – N = m(a sinq) … (i)
arod = 1 + cot 2 q ù
é M
For block B; (N + mg) sin q = ma … (ii) êë m úû
Solving equations (i) and (ii), we get
g
é 2 g sin q ù
a =ê ú. = é1 + hcot 2 qù
ë1 + sin 2 q û ë û
The acceleration of block A,
aA = a sinq
arod g
and awedge = =
tan q [tan q + hcot q]
é 2 g sin q ù é 2 g sin 2 q ù
q = ê Example 22. A smooth semicircular wire of radius R is fixed in
2 ú
=ê ú sin
ë1 + sin 2 q û ëê1 + sin q ûú a vertical plane as shown in the figure 5.103. One end of a massless
Displacement of the block A in 1 s is 3R
spring of natural length is attached to the lower point O of the
1 2 4
s = 0 + a At
2 wire track. A small ring of mass m which can slide on the track, is
attached to the lower end of the spring. The ring held stationary at
1 é 2 g sin 2 q ù point P such that the spring makes an angle 60° with the vertical.
= 2´ê 2 ú
´ (1) 2
ëê1 + sin q ûú mg
The spring constant k = . Consider the instant when the spring
R
é g sin 2 q ù
is released,
= ê 2 ú Ans.
êë1 + sin q úû
 Laws of Motion & Equilibrium 245
(i) draw free body diagram of the ring Sol. For the equilibrium of system of loads,
(ii) determine the tangential acceleration of the ring and the
normal reaction. (m1 + m2 ) > (m3 + m4 ) .
The force in the left spring, T1 = m2g.
Let T2 is the force in the right spring then for the equilibrium of load
m3,we have
m3g + T2 – T0= 0. …(i)
For m1 ; m1g + T1 = T0
as T1 = m 2 g
\ m1g + m2g = T0
Substituting this value in equation (i), we get
Figure. 5.103 m3g + T2 – (m1g + m2g) = 0
Sol. In the figure ÐCPO = 60° = ÐOPC , \ OP = R or T 2 = (m1 + m2 – m3)g …(ii)
3R R After cutting the lower thread, the equations of motion for the loads are;
The extension of spring = R– = .
4 4 m1g + T1 – T0 = m 1a 1 … (iii)
mg R mg m2g – T1 = m2a2 … (iv)
\ F = kx = ´ =
R 4 4 T2 + m3g – T0 = m 3a 3 … (v)
(i) Resolving the forces along the radius of semicircle, we have and T2 – m4g = m4a4 … (vi)
N + F cos 60° = mg cos 60° Solving above equations, we get
mg a1 = a2 = a3 = 0
or N + cos 60° = mg cos 60°
4 ( m3 + m4 - m1 - m2 ) g
and a4 = . Ans.
3 m4
\ N = mg N. Ans.
8
Example 24. A 40 kg slab rests on frictionless floor. A 10 kg
(ii) The tangential force
block rests on the top of the slab (see figure 5.105). The static
Ft = mg cos 30° + F sin 30°
coefficient of friction between the block and the slab is 0.60 while
mg the kinetic friction is 0.40. The 10 kg block is acted upon by a
= mg cos30° + sin 30°
4 horizontal forceF. What is the resultant acceleration of the slab
and the block if
(4 3 + 1) mg
= (i) F = 40 N (ii) F = 100 N ?
8

Ft (4 3 + 1) g
Thus tangential acceleration at = = m/s 2 .Ans.
m 8
Example 23. For the system at rest shown in figure 5.104,
determine the accelerations of all the loads immediately after the
Figure. 5.105
lower thread keeping the system in equilibrium has been cut.
Assume that the threads are weightless, the mass of the pulley is Sol. (i) The limiting friction between block and slab
negligible small, and there is no friction at the point of suspension.

Figure. 5.106
flim = ms N = 0.60 × 10 g = 58.8 N
As applied force (40 N) is less than the limiting friction between
the block and slab, so block will not slide over the slab. They will
move together as one unit of mass 40 + 10 = 50 kg by a net force
of 40 N over the frictionless floor.

40
\ ablock = = 0.8 m/s2 = aslab. Ans.
40 + 10
(ii) When 100 N force is applied on the block, the block will slide over
the slab (as limiting friction is 58.8 N). As motion starts, the
(a) (b)
Figure. 5.104 kinetic friction starts acting. The kinetic friction between the block
and the slab
246 MECHANICS

10 5
a= = m / s2 . Ans.
2+3+7 6

Figure. 5.107
fk = m k N = 0.40 × 10 g = 39.2 N.
Thus the acceleration of block
Figure. 5.110
Fnet 100 - 39.2 Now find pseudo force on 2 kg block because of acceleration of 3
ablock = = = 6.08 m/s2 kg block
M block 10
5 5
Fpseudo = 2 × = N
Fnet fk 39.2 6 3
and aslab = = = = 0.98 m/s2. Ans.
M slab M slab 40 As the Fpseudo is smaller than the friction between 2 kg and 3 kg
(that can be 4 N), so 2 kg will move together with other blocks.
Example 25. Find the acceleration a1, a2, a3 of the three blocks (c) When force of 10 N is applied on 7 kg block. Supposing 3 kg and
shown in figure 5.108, if a horizontal force of 10 N is applied on 2 kg blocks move together with 7 kg block. The acceleration of
(a) 2 kg block (b) 3 kg block (c) 7 kg blockTake g = 10 m/s2 10 5
whole system , a = = m/s 2 .
2 + 3+ 7 6

Figure. 5.108 Figure. 5.111

Sol. (a) When force of 10 N is applied on 2 kg block. The limiting 2´5 5
The pseudo force on 2 kg block = = N which is less than
frictional force between 2 kg and 3 kg blocks 6 3
f1 = 0.2 × 2g = 0.2 × 2 × 10 = 4 N. the frictional force between 2 kg and 3 kg block, so they move
together.
Now check whether 2 kg and 3 kg move together over 7 kg block.
5 25
The pseudo force on (2 + 3) kg is = 5 × = N, which is also
6 6
less than frictional force between 3 kg and 7 kg blocks, so all the
5
blocks move together with a common acceleration of m/s2.
6
10 5
Therefore a = a1 = a2 = a3 = = m/s2. Ans.
Figure. 5.109 2+3+7 6
The limiting frictional force between 3 kg and 7 kg blocks that can Example 26.The friction coefficient between the board and the
be
floor shown in figure 5.112 is μ . Find the maximum force that the
f2 = 0.3 × 5 g = 0.3 × 5 × 10 = 15 N
man can exert on the rope so that the board does not slip on the
As applied force 10 N is greater than f1 but less than f2, so 2 kg
floor.
block will slide over 3 kg but 3 kg will move together with 7 kg.
Thus we have;
10 - 4
a1 = = 3 m/s2
2

4
and a2 = a3 = = 0.4 m/s2. Ans.
3+ 7
(b) When force of 10 N is applied on 3 kg block : As the applied force
is less than the friction between 3 kg and 7 kg blocks (that can be
15 N) so the blocks will move together as one unit with an
acceleration Figure. 5.112
 Laws of Motion & Equilibrium 247
Sol. Let T is the force exerted by the man on the rope. Example 28. Figure 5.114 shows a small block of mass m kept
at the left end of a larger block of mass M and length l . The
Along vertical direction, åF v =0;
system can slide on a horizontal road. The system is started towards
or N + T = (M + m) g or N = (M + m) g – T right with an initial velocity v. The friction coefficient between the
The board will not slip over the floor, if
m
T £ f. road and the bigger block is m and that between the blocks is .
2
For maximum value of T, we have
Find the time elapsed before the smaller block separates from the
T=f = mN
bigger block.
= m [(M + m)g – T]
= m (M + m) g – m T

é m( M + m) g ù
or T= ê ú. Ans.
ë 1+ m û
Example 27. Find the acceleration of the block of mass M in
the situation of figure 5.113 shown. The coefficient of friction
between two blocks is m1 and that between the bigger block and

the ground is m 2 . Figure. 5.114

Sol. Suppose the acceleration of the lower block is a0 towards left
(– a0 toward right). The block m experiences a pseudo force of magnitude
ma0 relative to the block M. Let acceleration of the block m is 'a' relative
to M. The situation is shown in figure.
For the block m;
N 1 = mg …(i)
mmg
and ma0 – = ma …(ii)
2
For block M;
N 2 = Mg + N1
Figure. 5.113 = Mg + mg = (M + m) g
Sol. Suppose block M moves towards right with an acceleration a. The mmg
and m N2 – = Ma0 …(iii)
acceleration of block m in downward direction will be 2a in addition to 2
its acceleration a towards right together with block M. See the FBD. mmg
or m (M + m) g – = Ma 0
For the motion of block m; 2
Along horizontal direction m (2M + m) g
N1 = ma. Þ a0 =
2M
Along vertical direction Substituting the value of a0 in equation (ii), we get
mg – ( m1 N1 + T) = m (2a). …(i) m ( M + m) g
a = .
After substituting value of N1 in equation (i), we have 2M
Now using second equation of motion for the motion of m w.r.t. M, we
Mg – ( m1 ma + T) = m (2a). …(ii)
have
For the block M; 1
Along vertical direction l = 0 + at2
2
åF V = 0;
Þ t =
2l
a
or N 2 = T + m1 N1 + Mg. …(iii)
2l
Along horizontal direction =
æ m ( M + m) g ö
çè ÷ø
2T – (N1 + m 2 N2) = Ma. …(iv) 2M
From equation (i) and (iii), we have 4M l
= . Ans.
2T – [N1 + m 2 (T + m1 N1 + Mg)] = Ma ( M + m)mg
Example 29. A flat car of mass m0 starts moving to the right due
or 2T – [ma + m 2 T + m1 m 2 (ma) + m 2 Mg] = Ma …(v)
to a constant force F shown in figure 5.115. Sand spills on the
Now solving equations (ii) and (iv), we get flatcar from a stationary hopper. The velocity of loading is constant
2 m - m 2 ( M + m) g and equal to m kg/s. Find the time dependence of the velocity and
a= . Ans. the acceleration of the flatcar in the process of loading. The friction
M + m[5 + 2(m1 - m 2 )]
is negligibly small.
248 MECHANICS
Sol. Method I (i) weight of the fallen portion of the chain let F1
From newton’s second law of motion (ii) thrust of the falling part of chain let F2.
Now consider an element of chain of length dy at a height y
from the floor. It will strike the floor with a velocity v = 2gy .
Thus we have,
F 1 = lyg .
Here l is the mass per unit length of chain
dm
and F 2 = vrel
dt
we have vrel = v and dm = ldx
Figure. 5.115
ldx
d (mv) \ F2 = v = v l (v) = l v2
= F dt
dt
The force exerted by chain on the floor,
or m dv + v dm = F dt. ....(i)
F = F1 + F2
Here, m = m0 + m t and dm = m dt
Substituting these values in equation (i) and simplifying, we have 2
= l yg + l v2 = l yg + l ( 2 gy )
dv dt
= . = lyg + 2lg = 3lyg
F - mv m0 + mt
Integrating above equation, we get When upper end is about to hit the floor, y = l
Ft \ F = 3llg = 3 mg. Ans.
v = +C
( m0 + mt ) Example 31. The ladder shown in figure 5.117 has negligible
A t t = 0, v = 0; \ C = 0. mass and rests on a frictionless floor. The crossbar connects the
Ft two legs of the ladder at the middle. The angle between the two
Therefore v = m + mt legs is 60°. The fat person sitting on the ladder has a mass of 80 kg.
0
Fm0 Find the contact force exerted by the floor on each leg and the
dv
and = . Ans. tension in the crossbar.
dt ( m0 + mt )2
ur dm dv
Method II : We have, F external + vr =m .
dt dt
dm
Here, = m ; vr = 0 – v = – v
dt
dv
Above equation becomes F – v m = (m0 + m t) .
dt
dv dt
or =
F - mv m0 + mt
Integrating above equation, we get
Ft
v = . Ans.
m0 + mt
Fig. 5.117
Example 30. A chain of mass M and length l is held vertical,
such that its lower end just touches the floor. It is released from Sol. Let tension in cross bar is T and normal reaction of floor on each
rest. Find the force exerted by the chain on the table when upper bar is N. Consider the vertical equilibrium of whole system, we have
end is about to hit the floor.
Sol. Force F exerted by the chain consists of two components : åF V =0 or 2N – 80 g = 0
\ N = 40g
= 40 × 9.8 = 392 N
Equilibrium of left bar gives, N – Fv = 0
\ Fv = N = 392 N .
Now for rotational equilibrium of the left bar (or right bar)

å t = 0 ; Taking moment of all forces acting on its about its upper end,
we have
T × 1– N × 2 tan 30° = 0
2N 2 ´ 392
\ T= = = 450 N . Ans.
Figure. 5.116 3 3
 Laws of Motion & Equilibrium 249

Mechanics
MCQ Type 1 Exercise 5.1
Level - 1 (Only one option correct)
Laws of Motion, Spring, Constraint Relations πF02 πT 2
(a)
u= (b)
u=
1. Three forces act on a particle that moves with unchanging 2m 8m

velocity = ( )
v 3ˆi − 4ˆj m/s. Two of the forces are u=
(c)
πF0T
u=
(d)
F0T
  4m 2m
( ) ( )
F1 = 3ˆi + 2ˆj − 4kˆ N a n d F2 = −5ˆi + 8ˆj − 3kˆ N. T h e
6. A force represented as show in figure acts on a body having
third force is :
a mass of 16 kg. The velocity of the body at t = 10 s, if the
(
(a) )
−2ˆi + 10ˆj − 7kˆ N (b) (
2ˆi − 10ˆj + 7kˆ N ) body starts from rest :

( 7ˆi − 2k + 10ˆj) N
(c) (d) none of these (a) 100 m/s
(b) 50 m/s
2. There are two forces on the 2.0 kg box in the overhead view (c) 49 m/s
of figure but only one is shown. The figure also shows the (d) 39 m/s
acceleration of the box. The second force is nearly : 7. A particle moves in xy - plane under the influence of a force such

that its linear momentum
= is P ( t ) A i cos ( kt ) − ˆj sin ( kt )  ,
 
where A and k are constants. The angle between the force
and the momentum is
(a) 0° (b) 30°
−20ˆi + 20ˆj N (c) 45° (d) 90°
−20ˆj N (b)
(a)
−32ˆi − 21ˆj N (d)
(c) −21ˆi − 16ˆj N 8. A 10 kg monkey climbs up a massless rope that runs over
a frictionless tree limb and back down to a 15 kg package
3. The tension in the spring is : [AMU B.Tech. 2005] on the ground. The magnitude of the least acceleration the
5N 5N monkey must have if it is to lift the package off the ground
(a) zero (b) 2.5 N is :
(c) 5 N (d) 10 N (a) 4.9 m/s2
4. In the figure given, the position–time graph of a particle of
(b) 5.5 m/s2
mass 0.1 kg shown. The impulse at t = 2 s is:
(c) 9.8 m/s2
(d) none of these
9. A block of mass 10 kg is placed on smooth horizontal
surface. A variable force; F = 2t, where t is time in second,
is acting on the block at an angle 30° from the horizontal.
(a) 0.2 kg m/ s (b) – 2.0 kg m/s The time when block will leave the contact from the surface
(c) –0.1 kg m/s (d) – 0.4 kg m/s is (g = 10 m/s2)
5. A particle of mass m, initially at rest, is acted upon by a (a) 10 s (b) 20 s
variable force F for a brief interval of time T. It begins to (c) 50 s (d) 100 s
move with a velocity u after the force stops acting. F is 10. Find the tension in the string which connected the blocks
shown in the graph as a function of time. The curve is a as shown in the following figure:
semicircle. Then;

(a) 2 N (b) 3 N
(c) 5 N (d) 10 N

Answer 1 (b) 2 (c) 3 (c) 4 (c) 5 (c)

Key 6 (d) 7 (d) 8 (a) 9 (d) 10 (a)
250 Mechanics
11. A load of mass M = 100 kg is supported is a vertical plane tension in one cord are given. The pulling force F is :
by a string and pulleys. If the free end A of the string is [AMU B.Tech. 2009]
pulled vertically downward with an acceleration a = 2 m /s2 ,
the tension in string is:
(a) 500 N
(a) 50 N (b) 100 N
(b) 550 N (c) 125 N (d) 200 N
(c) 600 N 16. Two masses , M and m are connected together by a pulley
(d) 1000 N two strings and a stretched spring of force constant k as
shown. Assume that string, pulley and spring all are massless
12. A block of mass M = 8 kg is connected to an empty bucket
and surface below m is smooth. The amount by which the
of mass 1 kg by a massless cord running over an ideal pulley.
spring is stretched :
The coefficients of static and kinetic friction between table k
top and block are 0.5 and 0.4 respectively. Sand is gradually m

added to the bucket until the block just being to slide. The
mass of sand added is: (g = 10 m/s2)
8 kg M

mMg 2mMg
(a) (b)
k (m + M ) k ( m+ M)
Mg (m + M ) g
(c) (d)
k 2k
(a) 5 kg (b) 6 kg
17. An 80 kg person is parachuting and experiencing a
(c) 7 kg (d) 10 kg
downward acceleration of 2.5 m/s2. The mass of the
13. A string of negligible mass going over a clamped pulley of parachute is 5.0 kg. The upward force on the open parachute
mass m supports a block of mass M as shown in the figure. from the air is :
The force on the pulley by the clamp is given by:
(a) 620 N (b) 740 N
(c) 800 N (d) 920 N
18. A block of mass M is pulled along a horizontal smooth
surface by a rope of mass m. Force P is applied at one end
of the rope. The force which the rope exert on the block is:
P PM
(a) (b)
(a) 2 Mg (b)
2 mg ( M − m) ( M + m)
Pm m
(c)  ( M + m)2 + m 2  g (d)  ( M + m)2 + M 2  g (c) P
(d)
    ( M + m) M
   
14. Three blocks of masses 4 kg, 6 kg and 8 kg are hanging over 19. Two blocks, each having a mass M, rest on frictionless
a fixed pulley as shown. The tension in the string connecting surface as shown in the figure. If the pulleys are light and
4 kg and 6 kg block is : (g = 10 m/s2) frictionless, and M on the incline is allowed to move down,
(a) 4 N then the tension in the string will be:
(b) 6 N
320
(c) N
9 8kg 6kg
40 3
(d) N (a) 2.3 Mg sin θ (b) Mg sin θ
9 4kg 2
15. Figure shows four blocks that are being pulled along a Mg
(c) sin θ (d) 2 Mg sin θ
smooth horizontal surface. The masses of the blocks and 2

Answer 11 (b) 12 (c) 13 (d) 14 (c) 15 (d)

Key 16 (a) 17 (a) 18 (b) 19 (c)
 Laws of Motion & Equilibrium 251
20. With what minimum acceleration can a fireman slide down f f
a rope whose breaking strength is 3/4th of his weight:
(c) (d)
g
(a) m/s2 (b) g m/s2 t t
4 25. A block of mass 2 kg is given a push for a moment
3 horizontally and then the block starts sliding over a figure
(c) g m/s2 (d) zero
4 horizontal plane. The figure shows the velocity-time graph
21. In the arrangement shown, the pulleys are fixed and ideal, of the motion. The coefficient of sliding friction between
the strings are light. m1 > m2 and S is a spring balance which
the plane and the block is :
is itself massless. The reading of S (in unit of mass) is : v (m/s)
(g = 10 m/s2) 8
S

O t (s)
4
m2 m1
10 kg 20 kg (a) 0.10 (b) 0.20
(a) 100 N (b) 200 N (c) 0.30 (d) 0.40

200 400 26. A 20 kg body is pushed with just enough force to start it
(c) N (d) N
3 3 moving across a floor and the same force continues to act
22. An elevator of mass M is accelerated upwards by applying afterwards. The coefficient of static and kinetic friction are
a force F. A mass m is initially situated at a height of 1 m 0.6 and 0.2 respectively. The acceleration of the body is :
above the floor of the elevator is falling freely. It will hit (g = 10 m/s2)
the floor of the elevator after a time equal to [NTSE -2012] (a) 1 m/s2 (b) 2 m/s2
2M 2M (c) 3 m/s2 (d) 4 m/s2
(a) (b)
F + mg F − mg
27. A block of mass 10 kg is tied with the help of string rests on
2M 2M an rough inclined plane (µ = 0.5) as shown. The frictional
(c) (d)
F F + Mg force on the block is: (g = 10 m/s2)
23. Two weights are suspended from a string thrown over a light
frictionless pulley. The mass of one weight is 2 kg. If a heavy kg
10
weight is attached to its other end, the tension in the string is 0.5
µ=
(g = 10 m/s2) 30°

(a) zero (b) 20 N

(a) 50 N (b) 25 3N
(c) 40 N (d) 50 N
(c) 100 N (d) zero
Friction
28. A 2.5 kg block is initially at rest on a horizontal surface. A
24. A force F = kt is applied to a block A as shown in figure,
6.0 N horizontal force and a vertical force are applied
where t is time in second. The force is applied at t = 0,
when the system was at rest. Which of the following graphs to the block as shown in figure. The coefficient of static
correctly gives the frictional force on block A as a function friction for the block and surface is 0.4. The magnitude of
of time? friction force when P = 9N : (g = 10 m/s2)
F = kt
A

µs > µ k
f f
(a) 6.0 N (b) 6.4 N
(a) (b)
(c) 9.0 N (d) zero.
t t

Answer 20 (a) 21 (d) 22 (c) 23 (c) 24 (c)

Key 25 (b) 26 (d) 27 (d) 28 (a)
252 Mechanics
29. Minimum force required to pull the lower block is 35. A block of mass 5 kg is over 10 kg block. The coefficient
(take g = 10 m /s2 ): of friction between the blocks is µs= 0.5. They are moving
on a smooth horizontal surface by a 60 N force acting
on lower block. The frictional force on 5 kg block is :
(g = 10 m/s2)
(a)
–15iN 20iˆ N
ˆ (b)
(a) 1 N (b) 5 N
(c) −25i N (d) 25i N
(c) 7 N (d) 10 N
36. A block A of mass M1 is connected to another block of mass
30. A 5 kg block is pushed along a horizontal floor by a force M2 by a massless string through a spring of force constant k
20 N that makes an angle 30° with the horizontal (as shown as shown in figure. The coefficient of friction between the
in figure). The coefficient of kinetic friction between block A and the table is µ. The pulley is frictionless. When
the block and floor is 0.25. The acceleration of block is: the block B is moving downward, the tension in the string
(g = 10 m/s2) is independent of:

(a) 1 m/s2 (b) 0.56 m/s2

(c) 0.46 m/s2 (d) none
31. On the horizontal surface of a truck (µ = 0.6), a block of (a) M1 (b) M2
mass 1 kg is placed. If the truck is accelerating at the rate (c) k (d) µ
of 5 m/s2, then frictional force on the block will be:
37. A block of mass m = 2 kg is resting on a rough inclined
(a) 5 N (b) 6 N plane of inclination 30° as shown in figure. The coefficient
(c) 5.88 N (d) 8 N of friction between the block and the plane is µ = 0.5.
32. A vehicle of mass m is moving on a rough horizontal road F
with momentum P. If the coefficient of friction between the
tyres and the road be µ, then the stopping distance is:
P P2
(a) (b) 30°
2µ mg 2µ mg
What minimum force F should be applied perpendicular to
2 the plane on the block, so that block does not slip on the
P P
(c) (d) plane (g = 10 m/s2)?
2
2µ m g 2µ m 2 g
(a) zero (b) 6.24 N
33. A block rests on a rough inclined plane making an angle
(c) 2.68 N (d) 4.34 N
of 30° with the horizontal. The coefficient of static friction
between the block and the plane is 0.8. If the frictional 38. A 40 kg slab rests on a frictionless floor A 10 kg block rests
force on the block is 10 N, the mass of the block (in kg) is on top of the slab (as shown in figure). The coefficient of
static friction µs between the block and slab is 0.6, where
(take g = 10 m/s2):
as their kinetic friction coefficient is 0.4. The 10 kg block
(a) 2.0 (b) 4.0
is pulled by a horizontal force of (100 N) iˆ . The resulting
(c) 1.6 (d) 2.5 accelerations of block and slab will be :
34. A block of mass 5 kg is placed on another block of mass 10 100 N
10 kg
kg. A force of 60 N is acting on the 5 kg block in horizontal
direction, if both the blocks move together, then frictional 40 kg
force on 5 kg block is (g = 10 m/s2) Smooth
2
(a) 20i N
−10iˆ N (b) (a) (2.0 m/s )iˆ , 0 (b) (2.0 m/s 2 )iˆ, (–2.0 m/s 2 )iˆ

(c) 60i N
−40i N (d) (6.0 m/s 2 )iˆ, (1.0 m/s 2 )iˆ (d) (4.0 m/s 2 )iˆ, 0
(c)

Answer 29 (c) 30 (c) 31 (a) 32 (d) 33 (a)

Key 34 (c) 35 (b) 36 (c) 37 (c) 38 (c)
 Laws of Motion & Equilibrium 253

Variable Mass System (a) 0° (b) 30°

(c) 45° (d) 60°
39. A block of metal weighing 2 kg is resting on a frictionless
plane. If struck by a jet releasing water at a rate of 1 kg/s 41. Two equal heavy spheres, each of radius r, are in equilibrium
and at a speed of 5 m/s. The initial acceleration of the block within a smooth cup of radius 3r. The ratio of reaction
will be: between the cup and one sphere and that between the two
sphere is
(a) 2.5 m / s2 (b) 5.0 m / s2
(c) 10 m / s2 (d) none of the above
Equilibrium
40. The pulleys and strings shown in the figure are smooth and
of negligible mass. For the system to remain in equilibrium,
the angle θ should be:

(a) 1 (b) 2
(c) 3 (d) none

Answer Key 39 (a) 40 (c) 41 (b)

Level - 2 (Only one option correct)

Laws of Motion, Spring, Constraint Relations upward with a uniform acceleration a. Find a neglecting the
fact that no one could do this for long time :
1. A bullet is fired from a gun. The force on the bullet given
by F = 600 – 2 × 105 t where F is in newton and t in second.
The force on the bullet becomes zero as soon as it leaves the
barrel. What is the average impulse imparted to the bullet
(a) 8 N-s (b) zero
(c) 0.9 N-s (d) 1.8 N-s
4 F + (2 M + m) g 4 F + ( M + m) g
2. Find the maximum compression in the spring, if the lower (a) (b)
block is shifted to rightwards with acceleration a. All the M + 2m M + 2m
surfaces are smooth 4 F − ( M + m) g 4 F − ( M + m) g
(c) (d)
M +m 2M + m
m
5. In the device the acceleration of block
A is 1m/s2. The acceleration of block B
a

ma 2ma will be
(a) (b)
2k k (a) 1 m/s2
ma 4ma (b) 2 m/s2 A B
(c) (d)
k k (c) 4 m/s2
3. A particle of mass m is made to move with uniform speed v
along the perimeter of a regular polygon of n sides, inscribed (d) 6 m/s2
in a circle of radius a. The magnitude of impulse applied at 6. A block A has a velocity of 0.6 m/s to the right, determine
each corner of the polygon is : the velocity of cylinder B.
π π
(a) 2 mv sin (b) mv sin
n n A
n n
(c) mv sin (d) 2 mv sin B
π π
4. A painter of mass M stands on a platform of mass m and (a) 1.2 m/s (b) 2.4 m/s
pulls himself up by two ropes which hang over pulley as
(c) 1.8 m/s (d) 3.6 m/s
shown in figure. He pulls each rope with force F and moves
254 Mechanics
7. A bob is hanging over a pulley inside a car through a of 60°, as shown in figure. A force F = 120 N is applied
string. The second end of the string is in the hand of a upward along the incline to the uppermost block, causing
person standing in the car. The car is moving with constant an upward movement of the blocks. The connecting cords
acceleration ‘a’ directed horizontally as shown. Other end of are light. The values of tensions T1 and T2 in the cords are:
the string is pulled with constant acceleration ‘a’ vertically. (a) T1 = 20 N, T2 = 60 N F
The tension in the string is m3
(b) T1 = 60 N, T2 = 60 N T2
m2
m θ a a (c) T1 = 30 N, T2 = 50 N T1
(d) T1 = 20 N, T2 = 100 N m1
60°
Friction
m g 2 + a 2 (b)
(a) m g 2 + a 2 − ma 12. A block of mass 5 kg is held against wall by applying a
horizontal force of 100 N. If the coefficient of friction
(c) m g 2 + a 2 + ma (d) m(g + a) between the block and the wall is 0.5, the frictional force
8. In the given figure a block of mass m is tied on a wedge acting on the block is (g = 9.8 m /s2)
by an ideal string as shown in figure. String is parallel to
inclined plane. All the surface involved are smooth. Wedge
is spring moved towards right with a time varying velocity
v = t2/2 (m/s). At what time block will just leave the contact
with the wedge (take g = 10 m/s2)

(a) 100 N (b) 50 N

m
2
v=t /2 (c) 49 N (d) 24.9 N
M
45° 13. Three blocks of masses 5 kg, 3 kg and 2 kg are placed on
rough surface (µk = 0.1) as shown in figure. A horizontal
(a) 2 s (b) 4 s force of 20 N is applied on 5 kg block. The force exerted
(c) 5 s (d) 10 s by 3 kg block on 2 kg block is:
9. Two blocks each of mass m in the device are pulled by a force
F= mg/2 as shown in figure. All the contact surfaces are
smooth. The acceleration of block A is

(a) 4 N (b) 6 N
(c) 8 N (d) 10 N
B A
14. If µ be the coefficient of friction between the block and the
cart, horizontal acceleration of the cart that is required to
5 3
(a) g (b) g prevent block B from falling is: [KVPY-2014]
4 2
g g
(c) (d)
2 4
10. Three masses m1 , m2 and m3 are attached to a string as
shown in the figure. All three masses are held at rest and (a) µ /g (b) g/µ
then released. To keep m3 at rest, the condition is: (c) g (d) (µ2 + 1) g
m3 1 m1 + 1 m2
(a) 1 = 15. A block is resting on a horizontal plate in the
(b) m1 + m2 = m3 x- y plane and the coefficient of friction between the block
m3 1 m1 + 1 m2
4=
(c) and the plate is µ. The plate begins to move in the x-direction
and its velocity is v = bt2, t being time and b being a constant.
1 2 3
(d) + = At what time will the block start sliding on the plate ?
m1 m2 m3
µb / g (b)
(a) µ gb / 2
11. Three block of masses m1 = 2.0, m2 = 4.0 and m3 = 6.0 kg
are connected by strings on a frictionless inclined plane µ g / b (d)
(c) µg / 2b

Answer 1 (c) 2 (b) 3 (a) 4 (c) 5 (b) 6 (c) 7 (c) 8 (d)

Key 9 (a) 10 (c) 11 (a) 12 (c) 13 (a) 14 (b) 15 (d)
 Laws of Motion & Equilibrium 255
16. The coefficient of friction between the block A of mass m
7 8
and block B of mass 2m is µ. There is no friction between (a) (b)
8g 7g
block B & the inclined plane. If the system of blocks A and
B is released from rest & there is no slipping between A & 4 2
B then : (c) (d)
7g 7g

A Variable Mass System

B
θ 21. A plate moves normally with a speed v1 towards a horizontal
jet of water of uniform area of cross section. The jet
(a) θ ≤ tan −1 (µ )
2θ ≤ sin −1 (2µ ) (b) discharges water at the rate of volume V per second at a
2θ ≤ tan −1 (µ / 2) speed of v2. The density of water is ρ. Assume that water
2θ ≤ cos −1 (2µ ) (d)
(c)
splashes along the surface of the plate at right angles to the
17. In figure the mass of the block M = 1 kg, µ = 0.5 and
original motion. The magnitude of the force acting on the
sin θ = 3/5. The acceleration of the block if F = 10 N:
plate due to the jet of water is:
(a) 4 m/s2 F
(b) 8 m/s2 θ (a) ρV(v1 + v2)
ρVv1 (b)
(c) 12 m/s2 M ρV V 
(d) 16 m/s2 (c) v12 (d)
ρ   (v1 + v2 )2
v1 + v2 v
18. The blocks of masses m and M are not attached. The
coefficient of static friction between the blocks is µ, but Equilibrium
the surface beneath M is smooth. What is the maximum
22. Find the tension T needed to hold the cart equilibrium, if
magnitude of the horizontal force F required to hold it there is no friction
against M:

m( M + m) g m( M + m) g T 30°
(a) (b)
M µM
M ( M + m) g
(c) (d) m (M + m)g 2
µM 3
19. A body of mass M is kept on a rough horizontal surface (a) W (b) W
4 2
(coefficient of friction µ). A person is trying to pull the body
by applying a horizontal force but the body is not moving. 2 4
(c) W (d) W
The force by the surface on A is F where: 3 3
(a) F=Mg 23. Two smooth cylindrical bars weighing W each lie next to
(b) F=µMg each other in contact. A similar third bar is placed over
Mg ≤ F ≤ Mg (1 + µ 2 )
(c) the two bars as shown in figure. Neglecting friction, the
minimum horizontal force on each lower bar necessary to
(d) Mg ≥ F ≥ Mg (1 + µ 2 )
keep them together is
20. In the figure shown, friction force between the bead and
the light string is mg/4, the time in which the bead looses
contact with string after the system is released from rest
F F

W
W
(a) (b)
bead 2
m
 W W
(c) (d)
3 2 3
m

Answer 16 (b) 17 (c) 18 (b) 19 (c) 20 (b)

Key 21 (d) 22 (a) 23 (d)
256 Mechanics
24. In figure, one end of a uniform beam weighs 222 N is of the cylinders is placed lengthwise on them so that the
attached to a wall with a hinge. The other end is supported system remains at rest. If all three cylinders have the same
by a wire. The tension in the wire is : length, then minimum value of the coefficient of friction
between smaller cylinders and the surface is:
(a) 111 N
2r
(b) 192 N

(c) 222 N r r

(d) none of these 1 1

(a) (b)
2 3
25. Two identical smooth surfaced solid cylinders of radius r are
placed touching along their lengths on a horizontal surface. 1
A third cylinder of same material but twice the radius of that (c) (d) none of these
3 2

Answer Key 23 (d) 24 (b) 25 (c)

Mechanics
MCQ Type 2 Exercise 5.2
Multiple Correct Options (c) is an inertial frame because Newton’s laws are
applicable in this frame
1. A body is at rest:
(d) can not be an inertial frame because the earth is rotating
(a) no force acting on it
about its own axis
(b) body is very massive, and therefore it is at rest
6. The force exerted by the lift on the foot of a person is more
(c) there may be many forces, but there net effect is zero
than his weight, the lift is:
(d) none of these
2. A body is in translatory equilibrium: (a) going up and slowing down
(a) resultant force on it zero (b) going up and speeding up
(b) it may be at rest (c) going down and slowing down
(c) it has uniform speed (d) going down and speeding up
(d) it is accelerated 7. The limiting friction depends on:
3. Which of the following systems may be adequately (a) nature of surfaces in contact
described by classical physics? (b) the area of surfaces in contact
(a) motion of a cricket ball (c) normal reaction between surfaces
(b) motion of a dust particle (d) foreign matter between surfaces
(c) motion of electron is an atom 8. Kinetic friction is always
(d) a neutron inside the nucleus (a) less than rolling friction
4. Two protons inside a nucleus exert force on each other. The (b) equal to rolling friction
nature of force is: (c) greater than rolling friction
(a) gravitational (b) electromagnetic (d) less than limiting static friction
(c) nuclear (d) weak 9. Let F, FN and f denote the magnitudes of the contact force,
5. A reference frame attached to earth normal force and the friction exerted by one surface on the
other kept in contact. If none of these is zero:
(a) is an inertial frame by definition
(b) can not be inertial frame because the earth is revolving F > FN (b)
(a) F>f
round the sun FN > f
(c) (d) (FN – f ) < F < (FN + f )

Answer 1 (a,c) 2 (a, b, c) 3 (a, b) 4 (a, b, c) 5 (b, d) 6 (b, c)

Key 7 (a, c, d) 8 (c, d) 9 (a, b, d)
 Laws of Motion & Equilibrium 257
10. Two masses MA = 1kg and MB = 2 kg are connected by a
massless spring as shown in figure. A force of 4 N acts on
the 2 kg mass:

(a) when acceleration of A is 1 m/s2

(a) thread will remain loose if m1 < m2
3
the acceleration of B is m/s2 (b) thread will remain loose if plane is smooth
2
(c) thread will remain loose if m1 is smooth and m2 is
4 rough
(b) when acceleration of A is m/s2
3 (d) thread will remain loose if m1 is rough and m2 is smooth
the 4 14. Small blocks A and B are simultaneously released from
acceleration of B is m/s2
3 apex of a smooth wedge as shown in figure, select correct
(c) the acceleration of A always be less or equal to the alternative(s):
acceleration of B
A B
(d) none of the above
11. A painter is raising himself and the crate on which he stands
with an acceleration of 5 m/s2 by a massless rope–and–
pulley arrangement. Mass of painter is 100 kg and that of 60° 30°
the crate is 50 kg. If g = 10 m/s2, then
(a) relative acceleration of block B with respect to block
A is zero
(b) magnitude of relative acceleration of block B with
respect to block A is ‘g’ initially
(c) speed of block A and B will be same at the bottom of
inclined plane
(d) time taken A and B to reach the bottom of inclined
plane will be same.
15. Two blocks A and B of the same mass are joined by a light
(a) tension in the rope is 2250 N string and placed on a horizontal surface. An external
(b) tension in the rope is 1125 N horizontal force F acts on A. The tension in the string is
(c) force of contact between painter and the floor is 750 N T. The forces of friction acting on A and B are f1 and f2
(d) force of contact between the painter and the floor is respectively. The limiting value of f1 and f2 is f. As F is
375 N gradually increased:
12. A block is placed on a rough prism. The block will be
stationary relative to prism if acceleration of prism a is:

(a) for F < f, T = 0

(b) for f < F < 2 f, T = F – f
F
(c) for F > 2f, T =
2
(d) none of the above
(a) a = g (1– µ cot α ) / (µ + cot α) towards left 16. A man tries to remain in equilibrium by pushing with his
(b) a = g (µ + cot α ) / (µ + tan α ) right hands and feet against two parallel walls. For equilibrium:
(c) a = g (1 + µ cot α ) / (cot α – µ) towards left
(d) none
13. Two blocks having masses m1 and m2 are connected by a
thread and are placed on an inclined plane with thread loose
as shown in figure. When the blocks are released :

Answer 10 (a, b, c) 11 (b, d) 12 (a, c) 13 (b, d) 14 (b, c)

Key 15 (a, b, c)
258 Mechanics

(a) he must exert equal forces on the two walls aB = 1 m/s

2
aA = 2 m/s
2

(b) the forces of friction at the two walls must be equal B A

(c) friction must be present on both walls P1
(d) the coefficient of friction must be the same between
both walls and the man
17. In the arrangement shown in figure pulley and strings are B

ideal. End A of string connected to pulley P1 is moved

upwards with acceleration aA = 2 m/s2 while end B of
another string shown in figure is moved up with acceleration D

aB= 1 m/s2. Block C of mass 1 kg is moving up with aC=1 m/s

2
1kg
acceleration 1 m/s2. If block D to which string are connected C

symmetrically moves such that its orientations remains same (a) acceleration of block D is 1/2 m/s2 upwards
then (assume g = 10 m/s2) (b) end A is pulled with force of 22 N
(c) mass of block B is 1/2 kg
(d) acceleration of block B is 7/3 m/s2 upwards

Answer Key 16 (a, c) 17 (b, d)

Mechanics
Reasoning Type Questions Exercise 5.3
Read the two statements carefully to mark the correct option out of the options given below:
(a) Statement - 1 is true, Statement - 2 is true; Statement - 2 is correct explanation for Statement - 1.
(b) Statement -1 is true, Statement - 2 is true; Statement - 2 is not correct explanation for Statement - 1.
(c) Statement - 1 is true, Statement - 2 is false.
(d) Statement - 1 is false, Statement - 2 is true
1. Statement - 1 Statement - 2
In writing with pen, the force between fingers and pen is The net force on the block is zero.
electrostatics. 6. Statement - 1
Statement - 2 For the motion of electron around nucleus, Newton’s second
Newtons third law applies to all types of forces, e.g., law is used.
gravitational, electromagnetic etc. Statement - 2
2. Statement - 1 Newton’s second law can be used for motion of any object.
A body suspended with the help of three string. To find the 7. Statement - 1
tensions in the strings, three equations are required. A cloth covers a table. Some dishes are kept on it. The cloth
Statement - 2 can be pulled out without dislodging the dishes from the
∑ Fx = 0, ∑ Fy = 0, ∑ τz= 0. table.
3. Statement - 1 Statement - 2
Impulse of force and momentum are same physical For every action, there is equal and opposite reaction.
quantities. 8. Statement - 1
Statement - 2 It is easier to pull a heavy object than to push it on a level
Both quantities have same unit. ground.
4. Statement - 1 Statement - 2
A body under the action of two forces is in equilibrium. The magnitude of frictional force depends on the nature of
Statement - 2 the two surfaces in contact.
The forces must be collinear. 9. Statement - 1
5. Statement - 1 A multistage rocket is needed to launch a satellite.
A block placed on a table is at rest, because action force Statement - 2
cancels the reaction force on the block. A single stage rocket can not produce the required velocity.
 Laws of Motion & Equilibrium 259
10. Statement - 1 A man standing in a lift which is moving man is only in contact with floor as shown).
upward, will feel his weight to be greater than when the lift
was at rest.
Statement - 2 If the acceleration of the lift is ‘a’ upward,
then the man of mass m shall feel his weight to be equal to
normal reaction (N) exerted by the lift given by 12. Statement - 1
N = m (g + a) (where g is acceleration due to gravity) A cloth covers a table. Some dishes are kept on it. The cloth
can be pulled out without dislodging the dishes from the
Friction always opposes motion.
table because
11. Statement - 1 A man and a block rest on smooth horizontal Statement - 2
surface. The man holds a rope which is connected to block. For every action there is an equal and opposite reaction.
The man cannot move on the horizontal surface. [IIT-JEE 2007]
13. Statement - 1 : It is easier to pull a heavy object than to
push it on a level ground and
Statement - 2 The magnitude of frictional force depends
on the nature of the two surfaces in contact.
Statement - 2 A man standing at rest on smooth horizontal [IIT-JEE 2008]
surface cannot start walking due to absence of friction (The

Answer 1 (a) 2 (b) 3 (d) 4 (a) 5 (d) 6 (c) 7 (b)

Key 8 (b) 9 (a) 10 (d) 11 (d) 12 (b) 13 (b)

Mechanics
Passage & Matrix Exercise 1.4

Passages
Passage for (Questions 1 & 2)
At the moment t = 0 a stationary particle of mass m experiences
a time dependent force F = at (τ − t ) , where a is a constant, τ is
the time for which the force acts.
1. The momentum of the particle when the action of the force
stopped:
aτ3 aτ3
(a) (b)
6 5
3. The speed of B, when the string becomes taut :
aτ3
aτ3
(c) (d) u
u (b)
(a)
3 2
2. The distance travelled by the particle while the force acted:
3u 4u
4 4 (c) (d)
aτ aτ 4 3
(a) (b)
m 6m 4. The common velocity when A reaches the pulley (assume
4 4
aτ aτ
(c) (d) that B has not yet reached the ground)
12m 24m
4u 4u
Passage for (Questions 3 & 4) (a) (b)
3 3
A particle A of mass 2 m is held on a smooth horizontal table
and is attached to one end of an inelastic string which runs over 4u 2 + 6 gl u 2 + 6 gl
(c) (d)
a smooth light pulley at the edge of the table. At the other end of 3 3
the string there hangs another particle B of mass m. The distance Passage for (Questions 5 to 7)
from A to the pulley is . The particle A is then projected towards The masses of the bodies A and B in figure are 20 kg and
the pulley with velocity u. 10 kg, respectively. They are initially at rest on the floor and are
260 Mechanics
connected by a weightless string passing over a weightless and 8. The time when m1 is lifted off the ground is
frictionless pulley. An upward force F is applied to the pulley. (a) 9.81 s (b) 9.89 s
(c) 8.91 s (d) 9.91 s
9. The time when m2 is lifted off the ground is
(a) 19.62 s (b) 25.50 s
(c) 27.2 s (d) 30.0 s
10. When t = 25 s, what is the acceleration of the masses as
seen by an observer outside?
(a) 2 m/s2, 2 m/s2 (b) 2.69 m/s2, 15.19 m/s2
5. The acceleration a1 of body A and a2 of body B when F is
98 N (c) 15.19 ms2 , 2.69 m/s2. (d) none of these
(a) 0, 0 (b) 3.3 m/s2, 6.6 m/s2 Passage for (Questions 11 & 12)
(c) 3.3 m/s2 , 3.3 m/s2 (d) none of these
In the system shown in figure, M = 13.4 kg, m1 = 1kg, m2 = 2kg
6. Find the acceleration a1 of body A and a2 of body B when and m3 = 3.6 kg. The coefficient of static friction between m1 and
F is 96 N m2 is 0.75 and that between m2 and M is 0.6. All other surfaces
(a) 0.05 m/s2, 1m/s2 (b) 0, 0 are frictionless
(c) 0.05 m/s2, 0 (d) none of these
7. Find the acceleration a1 of body A and a2 of body B when F is
394 N.
(a) 0.05 m/s2, 0.05 m/s2 (b) 9.9 m/s2, 9.9 m/s2
(c) 0.05 m/s2, 9.9 m/s2. (d) none of these
Passage for (Questions 8 to 10)
In figure m1= 1kg and m2 = 2 kg. The pulley is movable. At t = 0,
both masses touch the ground and the string is taut. A vertically
11. The minimum horizontal force F must be applied to M so
upward, time-dependent force F = 2t, where t is the time in second
that m2 does not slip on M is
and F is the force in newton, is applied to the pulley. Calculate
(a) 117.7 N, (b) 120.5 N
(c) 125 N (d) 145.5 N
12. The maximum value of F for which m1 does not slip on m2
is
(a) 125 N (b) 147 N
(c) 165 N (d) 175 N

Answer 1 (a) 2 (c) 3 (d) 4 (c) 5 (a) 6 (b)

Key 7 (c) 8 (a) 9 (a) 10 (c) 11 (a) 12 (b)

Matrix Matching
13. A light string ABCDE whose extremity A is fixed, has weights W1 and W2 attached to it at B and C. It passes round a small
smooth peg at D carrying a weight of 300 N at the free end E as shown in figure. If in the equilibrium position, BC is horizontal
and AB and CD make 150° and 120° with CB. Match the columns :

D
A

150° 120°
B C E
300 N
w1 w2

 Laws of Motion & Equilibrium 261
Column I Column II
A. Tension in portion AB, TAB (p) 150 N
B. Tension in portion BC, TBC (q) 173 N
C. Weight, W1 (r) 260 N
D. Weight, W2 (s) 87 N
14. In the device blocks A, B, and C are of masses 4 kg, 5 kg and 15 kg respectively. The coefficient of friction for the contact
surfaces of bodies A and B is 0.4. Match the columns :
B A

30°

Column I Column II
A. Tension in the string connected with body A, TA (p) 21.47 N
B. Tension in the string connected in body B, TB (q) 38.88 N
C. Acceleration of body A, aA (r) 5.8 m/s2
D. Acceleration of body B, aB (s) 6.4 m/s2

Answer Key 13 A→q;B→p;C→s;D→r 14 A→q;B→p;C→r;D→r

Mechanics
Best of JEE-(Main & Advanced) Exercise 5.5
JEE- (Main) [AIEE E2005]
1. When forces F1, F2, F3 are acting on a particle of mass m
such that F2 and F3 are mutually perpendicular, then the
particle remains stationary. If the force F1 is now removed
then the acceleration of the particle is [AIEEE 2002]
(a) F1/m (b) F2F3/mF1 a
(c) (F2 – F3)/m (d) F2/m. α
2. A spring balance is attached to the ceiling of a lift. A man
(a) g cosecα (b) g / tan α
hangs his bag on the spring and the spring reads 49 N, when
the lift is stationary. If the lift moves downward with an (c) g tan α (d) g
acceleration of 5 m/s2, the reading of the spring balance 6. A smooth block is released at rest on a 45° incline and then
will be [AIEEE 2003] slides a distance ‘d’. The time taken to slide is ‘n’ times as
(a) 24 N (b) 74 N much to slide on rough incline than on a smooth incline.
(c) 15 N (d) 49 N The coefficient of friction is [AIEEE 2005]
3. A horizontal force of 10 N is necessary to just hold a block
stationary against a wall. The coefficient of friction between 1 1
(a) µk = 1 – (b) µk = 1 − 2
the block and the wall is 0.2. The weight of the block is n2 n

1 1
(c) µs = 1− (d) µs = 1 −
2
10N n n2
7.
The upper half of an inclined plane with inclination φ is
perfectly smooth while the lower half is rough. A body
starting from rest at the top will again come to rest at the
(a) 20 N (b) 50 N [AIEEE 2003]
bottom, if the coefficient of friction for the lower half is :
(c) 100 N (d) 2 N
4. A marble block of mass 2 kg lying on ice when given a [AIEEE 2005]
velocity of 6 m/s is stopped by friction in 10 s. Then the (a) 2 tan φ (b) tan φ
coefficient of friction is [AIEEE 2003] (c) 2 sin φ (d) 2 cos φ
(a) 0.02 (b) 0.03 8. Two fixed frictionless inclined planes making an angle 30°
(c) 0.04 (d) 0.06 and 60° with the vertical are shown in the figure. Two blocks
5. A block is kept on a frictionless inclined surface with angle
A and B are placed on the two planes. What is the relative
of inclination ‘α’ . The incline is given an acceleration ‘a’
to keep the block stationary. Then a is equal to vertical acceleration of A with respect to B ? [AIEEE 2010]
262 Mechanics
A is 0.1 and between block B and the wall is 0.15, the frictional force
A applied by the wall on block B is [JEE-(main) 2015]

(a) 80 N F A B
(b) 120 N
60° 30°
(c) 150 N
(a) 4.9 ms–2 in horizontal direction
(d) 100 N
(b) 9.8 ms–2 in vertical direction
(c) Zero 13. A particle of mass m moving in the x direction with speed 2v is
(d) 4.9 ms–2 in vertical direction hit by another particle of mass 2 m moving in the y direction with
9. The minimum force required to start pushing a body up speed v. If the collision is perfectly inelastic, the percentage loss
rough (frictional coefficient µ) inclined plane is F1 while the in the energy during the collision is close to [JEE-(main) 2015]
minimum force needed to prevent it from sliding down is F2. (a) 50% (b) 56%
If the inclined plane makes an angle θ from the horizontal (c) 62% (d) 44%
F
such that tan θ = 2µ then the ratio 1 is[AIEEE 2011RS] JEE- (Advanced)
F2
(a) 1 (b) 2 14. A horizontal force F is applied such that the block remains
(c) 3 (d) 4 stationary then which of the following statement is false
10. A particle of mass m is at rest at the origin at time [IIT-JEE-2005]
t = 0. It is subjected to a force F(t) = F0e–bt in the x direction.
Its speed v(t) is depicted by which of the following curves?
[AIEEE 2012]
v v
F0 F0
mb
(a) (b) mb f = mg, where f is frictional force
(a)
t F = N, where N is the normal force
(b)
t
v F0 v f does not produce any torque
(c)
F0
mb N does not produce any torque
(d)
(c) mb (d)
15. A circular disc with a groove along its diameter is placed
t t horizontally. A block of mass 1 kg is placed as shown. The
11. A block B is placed on block A. The mass of block B is less coefficient of friction between the block and all surfaces of
than the mass of block A. Friction exists between the blocks, groove in contact is µ = 2/5. The disc has an acceleration
where as the ground on which the block A is placed is taken of 25 m/s2. The acceleration of the block with respect to
to be smooth. A horizontal force F increasing linearly with disc: [IIT-JEE-2006]
time begins to act on B. The acceleration aA and aB of blocks
A and B respectively are plotted against t. The correctly
plotted graph is: [AIEEE 2012] 4 3
cos θ = sin θ = 25 m/s2
5, 5
θ
(a) (b)
(a) 10 m /s2 (b) 8 m/s2
(c) 5 m/s2 (d) zero
16. Two blocks A and B of masses 2 m and m, respectively,
(c) (d) are connected by a massless and inextensible string. The
whole system is suspended by a massless spring as shown
in the figure. The magnitude of acceleration of A and B,
12. Given in the figure are two blocks A and B of weigh 20 N and immediately after the string is cut, are respectively :
100 N respectively. These are being pressed against a wall by a
[IIT-JEE-2006]
force F as shown. If the coefficient of friction between the blocks

Answer 1 (a) 2 (a) 3 (d) 4 (d) 5 (c) 6 (b) 7 (a) 8 (a)

Key 9 (c) 10 (c) 11 (d) 12 (b) 13 (b) 14 (c) 15 (a)
 Laws of Motion & Equilibrium 263

g a a
g,
(a) (a) (b)
2 gk 2 gk
g 2a a
(b) , g (c) (d)
2 gk 4 gk
g, g
(c) 20. A block of mass m is on an inclined plane of angle θ. The
g g coefficient of friction between the block and the plane is µ
(d) , and tan θ > µ. The block is held stationary by applying a
2 2
force P parallel to the plane. The direction of force pointing
17. A satellite in force - free space sweeps stationary up the plane is taken to be positive. As P is varied from
dM P1 = mg(sin θ – µ cos θ ) to P2 = mg(sin θ + µ cos θ), the
interplanetary dust at a rate = αv. The acceleration of
dt frictional force f versus P graph will look like
satellite is :
[IIT-JEE 2010]
−2 αv 2 − αv 2 f
(a) (b) f
M M
(a) (b)
− αv 2
(c) (d) – α v2
2M
18. Two particles of mass m each are tied at the ends of a f f
light string of length 2a. The whole system is kept on a
frictionless horizontal surface with the string held tight (c) (d)
so that each mass is at a distance ‘a’ from the centre P (as
shown in the figure). [IIT-JEE - 2007]
F 21. A small block of mass of 0.1 kg lies on a fixed inclined
plane PQ which makes an angle θ with the horizontal. A
horizontal force of 1 N acts on the block through its centre
m
P
m of mass as shown in the figure. [IIT-JEE 2012]
The block remains stationary if (take g = 10 m/s2)
a a Q
Now, the mid-point of the string is pulled vertically upwards
with a small but constant force F. As a result, the particles
move towards each other on the surface. The magnitude of 
P
O
acceleration, when the separation between them becomes
2x, is [IIT-JEE - 2007] (a) θ = 45°
(b) θ > 45° and a frictional force acts on the block towards
F a F x
(a) (b) P.
2m a 2 − x 2 2m a 2 − x 2
(c) θ > 45° and a frictional force acts on the block towards
Q.
F x
(c) (d) F a2 − x2
2m a 2m x (d) θ < 45° and a frictional force acts on the block towards
Q.
19. A piece of wire is bent in the shape of a parabola y = kx2
(y-axis vertical) with a bead of mass m on it. The bead can 22 A block is moving on an inclined plane making an angle
slide on the wire without friction. It stays at the lowest point 45° with the horizontal and the coefficient of friction is m.
of the parabola when the wire is at rest. The wire is now The force required to just push it up the inclined plane is
accelerated parallel to the x-axis with a constant acceleration 3 times the force required to just prevent it from sliding
down. If we define N = 10 m, then N is [Integer]
a. The distance of the new equilibrium position of the bead,
[IIT-JEE 2011]
where the bead can stay at rest with respect to the wire, from
the y-axis is [IIT-JEE 2009]

Answer Key 16 (b) 17 (b) 18 (b) 19 (b) 20 (a) 21 (a, c)

 264 Mechanics

In Chapter Exercise
In Chapter Exercise -5.1 After solving above equations, we get
1. Given m = 70 kg, a = 10 ms–2 2ma
∆m = .
The weighing machine gives the reading of the reaction ( g + a)
force, R, which is apparent weight. 4. In the device the acceleration (magnitude) of the blocks are
(a) When lift is moving upwards with a uniform speed, a1 = a
acceleration = 0, and a2 = 2a
∴ R = mg = 70 × 9.8 = 700 N By Newton′s second law, we have T0 T0
(b) When lift is moving downwards with acceleration T0 – Mg = Ma (i) T
= 5ms–2, T0 = 2T (ii)
0

∴ R = m(g – a) = 70 × (10 – 5) = 350 N and Mg – T = M × 2a (iii) T0

(c) When lift is moving upwards with acceleration After solving above equations, we get Mg
= 5 ms–2, g T
∴ R = m(g + a) = 70 × (10 + 5) = 1050 N a = m/s 2 T
5 T
(d) When lift is coming down freely under gravity,
acceleration, a = g, 2g
\ a2 = 2a = m/s2 T
∴ R = m(g – g) = 0 5 Mg
2. (a) When the monkey climbs up with an acceleration, then 5. Given, mass of helicopter (m1) = 2000 kg
T – mg = ma Mass of the crew and passenger (m2) = 500 kg
∴ T = mg + ma = m (g + a) Acceleration in vertical direction, a = 15 m/s2 (↑)
or T = 40 kg (10 + 6) ms–2 = 640 N and g = 10 m/s2 (↓)
But the rope can withstand a maximum tension of 600 (a) Force on the floor of helicopter by the crew and
N. So the rope will break. passengers = m2(g + a)
= 500 (10 + 15)N
= 12500 N
(b) Action of the rotor of the helicopter on the surrounding
air
T
= (m1 + m2) (g + a)
= (2000 + 500) × (10 + 15)
= 2500 × 25
= 62500 N (downward)
(c) Force on the helicopter due to the surrounding air
= reaction of force applied by helicopter
= 62500 N (upward)
mg
6. Kinematics of the problem :
(b) When the monkey is climbing down with an A x C
acceleration, then 
T  y
mg – T = ma
⇒ T = mg – ma = m (g – a) T B
or T = 40 kg (10 – 4) ms–2 = 240 N
The rope will not break. T
(c) When the monkey climbs up with uniform speed, then
T = mg = 40 kg × 10 ms–2 = 400 N [\ a = 0] Mg
The rope will not break. At any instant,
(d) When the monkey is falling freely, it would be a state
x 2 + y 2 = 2, ...(i)
of weightlessness. So, tension will be zero and the rope
will not break. in which x and  varies with time, while y remains constant.
3. For the downward motion of the aerostat, Differentiating equation (i) twice with respect to time, we
mg – R = ma ...(i) get
where R is the buoyant force (assuming constant). d 2x d 2l
2x + 0 = 2l .
If ∆m is the ballast mass to be dumped from the aerostat, dt 2 dt 2
then
R − ( m − ∆m ) g = ( m − ∆m ) a ...(ii)
 Laws of Motion & Equilibrium 265
F – mg = ma
d 2x d 2l
Here , is the acceleration of the ring and is the F
dt 2 dt 2 F
acceleration of the block.
So we have
ablock
aring = a 2a
(x / l )
a
or aring = block ...(ii) mg (m – m1)g
cos α
Dynamics of the problem : Suppose mass m1 is removed from the balloon so that the
From the FBD, we can write; acceleration becomes 2a. Then
F – (m – m1)g = (m – m1)2a ...(2)
Mg − T = M ablock ...(iii)
After solving above equations, we get
and T cos α = maring ...(iv) ma
m1 =
After solving equations (ii), (iii) and (iv) and for α = θ, we ( g + 2a )
get In Chapter Exercise -5.3
1. (a) Force on the 7th coin = weight of the 3 coins lying
 Mg cos θ  above 7th coin, F = 3 mg N (acts vertically downwards)
aring =  .
 m + M cos 2 θ  (b) Eight coin is under the weight of 2 coins above it and
7. The initial extension of the spring its own weight, force on 7th coin due to 8th coin = sum
of the 3 coins = 2 mg + mg = 3 mg N
45
x1 = = 0.1 m (c) Sixth coin is under the weight of 4 coins above it,
450
therefore, reaction = – F = – 4 mg N (negative sign
For the block to move down 0.15 m, the spring will extend shows the reaction is vertically upwards)
by 0.3 m. The final extension of the spring 2. F1 + 1 cos 45° =2 …(i)
x2 = 0.1 + 0.3 = 0.4 m. and F2 = 2 cos 45° + 1 cos 45°…(ii)
By conservation of mechanical energy, we can write After solving above equations, we get
F1 = 0.707 N

1
2
1
2
(
mg × 0.15 = mv 2 + k x22 − x12 ) and F2 = 2.121 N.
After substituting the values and solving, we get 3. The FBD is shown in figure. T
v = 1.28 m/s α T
2T cos = F /2
2 F
/2
In Chapter Exercise -5.2 T
Given, speed of water v = 15 ms –1; area of cross
1. T
F
section, \ T =
α
a = 10–2 m2 and 2 cos
2
Volume of water coming out per second = a × v = 10–2 ×15 α 1
= 0.15 m3 s–1. For T > F , cos <
2 2
F = dQv = 103 × 0.15 × 15 α
= 2250 N or > 60°
2
 dm  5 × 105 50 \ α > 120° Ans.
2. F = vr =
  × = 250 N
 dt  100 1000
4. The FBD of the system is shown in figure.
3. Acceleration of t = 0 is
N4
vr dm 2073 1 / m0 W
a
= g
−= × − 9.8
m0 dt m0 1 N1
N2 45°
= 34.55 – 9.8 = 24.75 ms–2. W
 dm 
4. (i) Thrust, F = vr   =× 6 103 × 100 =×
6 105 N N3
 dt 
m0 For equilibrium of upper sphere, we have
(ii) v = vo + vr ln = 0 + 6 × 103 ln 40 = 22.13 × 103 m/s. ∑ Fx =0; or N1 cos 45° − N 4 = 0 ...(i)
m
5. Let F be the upthrust of the air. As the balloon rises with 0; or N1 sin 45° − W = 0
∑ Fy = ...(ii)
acceleration a, so
After solving, we get N1 = 2 W , N4 = W
266 Mechanics
Similarly for lower sphere, (a) F = f = µN
N1 cos 45° − N 2 = 0
= 0.25 × ( 8 + 4 ) =
3N
\ N2 = N1 cos 45° =W
(b) f1 = 0.25 × ( 8 + 4 ) =
3N,
and N1 sin 45° + W = N3
f2 = 0.25 × 4 =
1N
or N3 = 2W Ans.
5. \ F = f1 + f 2 = ( 3 + 1) = 4N
(c) T = f 2 = 1N
\ F = f1 + f 2 + T = 3 + 1 + 1 = 5N
2. (a) To prevent sliding T = 5 g ...(i)
and T = f = µ s N
= 0.25 (10 + m ) g ...(ii)

From equations (i) and (ii), we get

m = 10 kg
Let FD be the force of interaction (reaction) between the
(b) When block C is lifted off, the block starts moving.
rollers. Consider the equilibrium of upper roller; we have N
∑ Fx = 0 , or FD − 500 sin 30° =0 m
or
= FD 500 sin 30° = 250 N 10 kg T
f
and ∑ Fy = 0 , or FA − 500 cos30° =0 T
(10 + m)g
5g
If a is acceleration, then
5g – T ′ = 5a
T ′– fk = 10 a
where fk = 0.20 × 10g
After solving above equations, we get
500 3 a = 1.96 m/s2
or FA 500 cos30° =
= = 250 3 N . Ans
2 3. F = 8 T T
T
Now consider the equilibrium of lower roller ; 2T cos37° = F
N T
∑ Fx = 0 , or FC cos30° − FD − 500sin 30° = 0 T + T sin 37° ≥ µN F
3 1 N= mg + T cos37° N
or FC × − 250 − 500 × = 0
2 2 ⇒F≥8N
1000 4. For m not to slide over M, acceleration of the triangular
or FC = N
3 block should be g tan θ.
and ∑ Fy = 0 ,
or
FB − FC sin 30° – 500cos30° =0 T T
M+m
m0g
1000 1 3
or FB − × − 500 × = 0 If m0 is the required mass, then
3 2 2
1250
mg – T = m0 (gtanθ) … (i)
or FB = N . Ans. and T = (M + m )g tan θ
3
or T = 2g tan θ … (ii)
In Chapter Exercise -5.4 cot θ = 2 … (iii)
After simplifying above equation, we get m0 = 2 kg.
1. The FBD of all the three cases are shown in figure.
5. The FBD of the system is shown in figure.
T
f2 4N T f2 4N f2 If a is the acceleration of the blocks, then
4N
F F
f2
F T m0 g − T1 = m0a ...(i)
8N f 8N f1 8N f1
T1 − (T2 + µm1g ) = m1a ...(ii)
(a) (b) (c)
T2 − µm2 g = m2a ...(iii)
 Laws of Motion & Equilibrium 267
N1 N2 7. The FBD is shown in figure.
T1 T2 T2
m1 m2 T
N1 N2
T1 m1 g m2 g f P
N O
m0 g
After solving above equations, we get f W

 m − µ ( m1 + m2 )   m0 m2 g (1 + µ )  For equilibrium of the sphere, ∑ τ = 0,
a =  0  g, T =   Ans.
 m0 + m 1 + m 2   m0 + m1 + m2 
Taking moment of all the forces about P, we get
N × R − f × R = 0
6. The FBD of the system shown in figure.
f
T1 2 kg ×2g or = 1
×2g T2 T2 N
T1 3 kg
or µ min = 1
Thus for equilibrium, µ ≥ 1 Ans.
T2
8.
For equilibrium of the cylinder in vertical direction, we
10 g have N N
Equations of motions of the blocks are; 2 N sin α = W
10g – T2 = 10 a ...(i)
W f f
T2 − [T1 + µ × 2 g ] = 3a ...(ii) \ N =
2sin α  
T1 − µ × 2 g = 2a ...(iii) W
After substituting values and solving, we get The force needed to pull the cylinder along horizontal direction,
a = 5.75 m/s2, T1 F = 2f = 2 µN

= 17.38 N, T2 = 40.5 N = 2µ ×
W
=
µW
Ans.
2sin α sin α
Exercise 5.1 Level -1
  6. (d) J = m(vf – vi)
(b) For constant velocity, a = 0, or F = 0.
1.
   or 50 × 5 + 75 × 5 = 16(vf – 0)
Thus F1 + F2 + F3 = 0 ∴ vf = 39 m/s.
    dP d
or F3 = −( F1 + F2 ) 7. (d) F =
=  A(iˆ cos kt − ˆj sin kt ) 
dt dt
= − (3iˆ + 2 ˆj − 4kˆ) + ( −5iˆ + 8 ˆj − 3kˆ)  = − kA(iˆ sin kt + ˆj cos kt )
 
= −( −2iˆ + 10 ˆj − 7 kˆ) = 2iˆ − 10 ˆj + 7 kˆ N. F .P = − kA(iˆ sin kt + ˆj cos kt )

a = –12 sin 30° iˆ − 12 cos 30° ˆj ˆ ˆ
2. (c) ( Ai cos kt − A j sin kt )
= −6iˆ − 6 3 ˆj . = 0
 
By Newton’s law, we have ∴ angle between F and P is 90°.

20iˆ + F = 2 × ( −6iˆ − 6 3 ˆj ) 8. (a) 15g = 10(g + a)
 ∴ a = 4.9 m/s2.
∴ F = −32iˆ − 21 ˆj N. 9. (d) F sin 30° + N =10 g F=2t
N
3. (c) As whole spring is at rest, 5N F To leave the contact, N = 0
and so F = 5N. 5N
or 2t sin 30° =10 g
30°
4. (c) Velocity of the particle just before and just after
t = 2 s are 1 10g
or 2t × = 10 × 10
vi = 1 m/s and vf = 0, 2
∴ J = m(vf – vi) = 0.1 (0 – 1) ∴ t = 100 s
= 0.1 N – s. 10 cos 60° 
5. (c) J = m(u – 0) 10. (a) a =  = 1m/s2.
 2 + 3 
πF0 (T / 2)
or = mu and T = ma = 2 × 1 = 2N.
2
11. (b) 2T – 100 g = 100 × 1
πF0T
∴ u = ∴ T = 550 N.
4m
268 Mechanics
12. (c) For 8 kg block, 8 kg 22. (c)
T = 0.5 × 8g 2m1m2 g 2 × 2 × M × 10
and for bucket, 2T = mg =
23. (c) T =
m1 + m2 2+ M
∴ m = 8 kg
Mass of sand added = 7 kg. as M >>2 ∴ T = 40 N.
24. (c)
0−8
T 25. (b) a = = −2 m/s 2
4−0
F = T 2 + (T + mg )2
13. (d) = µg
∴ µ = 0.20.
= ( Mg )2 + ( Mg + mg )2 .
26. (d) fs = µ sN
(10 − 8) g g = 0.6 × 20 g = 120 N
= m/s 2
T=Mg
14. (c) a = mg
120 − 0.2 × 20 g
10 + 8 9 Now a = = 4 m/s2.
Tension in the string 20
27. (d)
T = m(g – a) = 4(g – g/9) 28. (a) flim = µN = 0.4 (25 – 9) = 6.4 N.
External force is 6 N and so block will not move. So
8 320
= 4× g = N frictional force = 6.0 N.
9 9 29. (c) To pull the lower block,
15. (d) ax = F cos 60°
= =
F F . F = 0.1 × 1g + 0.2 × 3g
M 2 × 10 20 = 7 N.
0.1×1g
F
Thus 30 = (2 + 1) × 2kg F
20
0.2×3g
∴ F = 200 N.
30. (c) N = 5g + 20 sin30°
16. (a) Acceleration of blocks k
m = 60 N. N
Mg Now, 20 cos30° – f = ma
a=
m +M 3
20 cos30°
f
Tension in the string /spring, or 20 – 0.25 × 60 = 5a
M 2 5g 20 sin30°
mMg ∴ a = 0.46 m/s2.
T = ma =
m+M 31. (a) flim = µN = 0.6 × 1g = 6 N.
T mMg External force (pseudo force) acts on the block is
∴ Extension in the string, =
x = = 1 × 5 = 5 N.
k k (m + M )
So, frictional force = 5 N.
17. (a) 85g – F = 85 × 2.5
v 2 ( P / m) 2 P2
F
∴ F = 620 N. 32. (d) Stoping distance,=
s= = .
2a 2µ g 2 m 2 µg
 P  33. (a) 10 = mg sin 30°
18. (b) a = 
 M + m 
m ∴ m = 2kg
M P 85g 3
flim = µsmg cos 30° = 0.8 × 2 × 10 × 2 = 8 3 N
The force exerted by rope on the block
60
 MP  4. a
(c) Acceleration of blocks, = = 4 m/s 2
F = Ma =  . 15
 M + m 
Mg sin θ g 5 kg 60 N
19. (c) a = = sin θ Now 60 – f = 5 × 4
(M + M ) 2 10 kg
Mg
∴ T = Ma = sin θ or f = 40 N smooth
2
20. (a) mg – T = ma
3mg
or mg – = ma
4 35. (b) 5 kg µs = 0.5
∴ a = g/4 m/s2.
21. (d) The reading of the spring balance will be equal to T, 10 kg 60N
where
smooth
 2m m  400 60
T =  1 2  g = N a
The acceleration of the blocks, = = 4 m/ sec2
 m1 + m2  3 15
 Laws of Motion & Equilibrium 269
So frictional force on 5kg block = ma = 5 × 4 = 20 N 40
36. (c) M2g – T = M2a and aslab = = 4 m/s 2
and T – µM1g = M1a 10
On solving, we get  dm 
39. (a) F =  v=1×5=5N
 M g − µM 1 g   dt 
a =  2  , and so
 M +M 1 2
∴ a = F/m = = 2.5 m/s2.
T will be free from force constant of spring k.
37. (c) Since mg sin 30° > mg cos30° 40. (c) For the equilibrium of the block
The block has a tendency to slip downwards. Let F be
2 T cos θ = 2 Mg
the minimum force applied on it, so that it does not
slip. Then or 2 (Mg) cos θ = 2 Mg
N = F + mgcos30°
or cos θ = 1/ 2 , ∴ θ = 45°.
∴ mgsin30° = µN = µ(F + mgcos30°)
or 1 θ N1
41. (b) sin θ =
mg sin 30° (2)(10)(1/ 2)  3 2
=F − mg
= cos 30° − (2)(10)  

µ 0.5  2  Thus, N1 sin θ = N2 N2

or F = 20 – 17.32 = 2.68 N N1 1
∴ = = 2.
38. (c) fk = 0.4 × 10 g = 40 N N2 sin θ
100 − 40
ablock = = 6 m/s 2
10
Exercise 5.1 Level -2
1. (c) The time in which force on the bullet becomes zero, 5. (b)
600
0 = 600 – 2 × 105 t ⇒ t = = 3 × 10–3 s
2 × 105
t t
Impulse = ∫=
Fdt ∫0 (600 − 2 × 105 t )dt P
B

0 A

2 3×10 −3
= 600t − 2 × 105 t = 0.9 N-s. Acceleration of pulley P = acc of block A
2 = 1 m/s2
0
2. (b) The pseudo force on the block is, F = ma. So acceleration of block B, = 2 × acc. of pulley P
= 2 × 1 = 2 m/s2
1
If x be the compression, then Fx = kx 2 6. (c) 3xA + xB =  (constant)
2
1 ∴ 3vA + vB = 0
or max = kx 2
2 or vB = – 3 vA
2ma
⇒ x = . = – 3 × 0.6 = – 1.8 m/s.
   k
3. (a)
= J m(v f − vi ) 7. (c)

= 2 mv sin θ/2 = 2mv sin π/n. θ

v ma T
a

v mg
2π
θ= n The tension in the string when it was not pulled.

= ( ma )2 + ( mg )2
4. (c) For the painter,
Now the string is pulled with constant acceleration a,
2 F – Mg = Ma
so extra tension in the string, = ma
For platform
2T – mg = ma, here T = F
Thus not tension ( ma )2 + ( mg )2 + ma
Adding above equation, we get 8. (d)
9. (a) For the system as a whole,
 4 F − ( M + m) g 
a =   . mg
 M +m = 2 m(ax)
2
270 Mechanics
∴
ax = g/4 16. (b) The acceleration of the block along the incline is g sinθ,
mg and so its horizontal component will be ay = g sin θ cos
For block A, = may θ also vertical component ay = (g sin θ) sin θ
2
For A; Mg – N = mav .... (i) N
∴ ay = g/2.
2 2 and µ N ≥ maH ....(ii) f

Thus aA = a x2 + a=
2  g  g After simplifying, we get
y   +  
4 2 θ = tan–1 (µ)
θ
5
= g 17. (c) N = Mg – f sin θ ...(i)
4 and f = µN ...(ii)
10. (c) T0 = m3g ....(i) T0 N Fsinθ
Also T0 = 2T ....(ii) m3 Fcosθ
T0 f F
m2g – T = m2a ....(iii)
mg
and T – m1g = m1a ....(iv) T T
After solving, we get,
T
m1 Now (F + F cos θ) – f = Ma ...(iii)
T After solving above equations, we get
4 1 1 m2
+ a = 12 m/s2.
m3 = m1 m2 18. (b) F – N = ma ....(i)
11. (a) If a is the acceleration of blocks, then and N = Ma
120 − 12 g sin 60°  F 
a= ∴ a =  ....(ii)
12  M + m 
 3 µN
120 − 120 
=  2  m/s2 F m N
M
12 mg

( )
= 10 − 5 3 m/s2

For block m remains stationary w.r.t M, then
µN = mg ....(iii)
Now T1 = m1a + m1g sin60° Solving above equations, we get
 m( M + m) g 
( )
= 2 × 10 − 5 3 + 2 × 10 ×
2
3
F = 
19. (c) Explained in theory. 
µM .

Similarly T2 = 60 N 20. (b) mg – 2T = ma1, T
T T
mg – T = ma2
12. (c) The limiting friction (acts upwards), a2
flim = µN = 0.5 × 100 = 50N. Here, T = mg/4,
after solving above equations and a1 mg
The external force (acts downward)
1
= mg = 5 × 9.8 = 49 N.  = (a1 + a2 )t 2 , wewill get the mg
Since external force is less than limiting friction, 2
∴ friction force = 49 N. answer
13. (a) If a is the acceleration of the blocks, then V  2
21. (d) F = ρ Av2 = ρ   ( v1 + v2 ) .
20 – µN = 10 a  v
F1
or 20 – 0.1 × 10g = 10 a 3 kg 2kg 22. (a) W cos 30° = N,
∴ a = 1 m/s2. f and T = N sin30°
Now F1 – f = 2 a 3
∴ T = Wcos 30° sin 30° = W.
or F1 – 0.1 × 2g = 2 × 1 4
∴ F1 = 4 N.
14. (b) mg = µN = µ ma 23. (d) 2N cos30° = W,
g 30° W
∴ a = . W N
µ N = F
3
15. (d) frictional force = pseudo force
and N sin 30° = F
or µmg = ma
dv W 1
= m = m × 2bt or × = F,
dt 3 2
W
µg or F = .
∴ t = . 2 3
2b
 Laws of Motion & Equilibrium 271
24. (b) About hinge, Στ = 0 N1 N1

 N2 N
or 222 × sin 60° = T sin 30° ×  θ
1

2 f
θ
mg
60° T sin 30°
2N1 sin θ = 4 mg
2mg
222 N ∴ N1 =
...(i)
sin θ
222 3
∴ T = = 192 N. Now for the equilibrium of lower cylinder,
2
N2 = N1 sinθ + mg ...(ii)
r 1
(c) sin θ ==
25. =
, cos θ 8/9 and f = N1 cosθ
3r 3 or µN2 = N1 cosθ ...(iii)
If mass of smaller cylinder is m, then mass of bigger After solving above equations, we get
one will be 4m. For the equilibrium of upper cylinder, 1
µ = .
3 2
Exercise 5.2
1. (a,c) For a body at rest, it has either no force or no net force. 4
  a = = 4/3 m/s2.
2. (a,b,c) For translational equilibrium, F = 0, or a = 0 , 2 +1
and so body is at either at rest or moves with constant 11. (b, d) For painter,
velocity. T N
3. (a,b) Object of size > 10–6 m can be described in classical
physics. So (a,b) are correct. T
4. (a, b,c) Protons, on being charged particles experience both
gravitational and electromagnetic force in addition to N
nuclear force. 50g 100g
5. (b,d) Explained in theory.
(N + T) – 100g = 100 × 5 ...(i)
6. (b,c) In case when lifting is going up with some acceleration
For crate,
N ′ = m(g + a) > mg.
T – (N + 50 g) = 50 × 5 ...(ii)
Also when lift is coming down with retardation
After solving above equations, we get
N ′ = m (g + a) > mg
T = 1125 N
7. (a, c, d) Explained in theory
N = 375 N.
8. (c, d) Kinetic friction is always less than limiting friction
12. (a, c) Minimum value of a:– For this the sliding tendency
but greater than rolling friction (least value).
is down the plane and friction acts up the plane:
9. (a, b, d) F FN
µN
N
f
mamin
mg amin α mg
As F = FN2 +f 2
, so
N = mg cosα + mamin sin α ...(i)
F > FN and F > f.
and mg sinα = µN + mamin cos α ...(ii)
Clearly ( FN – f ) < F < ( FN + f ) After solving above equations, we get
10. (a, b, c) When acceleration of A is 1m/s2, experiences a net g (1 − µ cot α )
amin =
force 1 × 1 = 1N. Now acceleration of block B (µ + cot α )
1N 1N
4N Maximum value of a : In this case the sliding tendency
of the block is up and so friction will act down the
4 −1 3
a2 = = m/s2. plane. After calculations, we get
2 2
g (1 + µ cot α )
At the instant of maximum extension of the spring, amax = .
(cot α − µ )
both the blocks will move with same acceleration and
so
272 Mechanics
13. (b, d) For smooth plane, both the block will move with Now T – f = ma
same acceleration, and so there is no relative motion F −2 f 
or T – f = m 
between the blocks.  2m 
14. (b, c) T he speed of block of smooth inclined plane is
∴ Τ = F/2.
v = 2 gh , and so v A = vB 16. (a, c) For the equilibrium, the situation is shown in FBD.
Acceleration on smooth inclined is given by, a = g sin θ. For horizontal equilibrium
Σ Fx = 0,
3g g
aA = g sin 60° = =
, and aB g sin
= 30° or N1=N2 = N.
2 2 Also f1 = f2.
aR = ( 3 g / 2)2 + ( g / 2)2 = g. f1=µN1 f2=µN2

N1
N2
15. (a, b, c) For F < f , the block A will not move and so T = 0.
For f < F > 2f, the block A has tendency of motion, and
so string becomes tight, then Mg
F = T + f ⇒ T = F – f. 17. (b, d) By constraint
For F > 2 f, both the blocks start moving with constant
aB + 4a A = 2aC + 3aD
acceleration,
7
F −2f f m T ⇒ m/s 2
aD =
a = 3
2m
2T – 10 = 1 ⇒ T = 11/2 N

Exercise 5.3
1. (a) When we press the pen with the finger, the force not enough for practical purpose.
between fingers and pen is frictional force, which is 10. (d) If the lift is retarding while it moves upward, the man
electromagnetic in nature. shall feel lesser weight as compared to when lift was
2. (b) To get tensions in the strings, we need three force at rest. Hence statement 1 is false and statement-2 is
equations. true.
3. (d) Impulse and momentum are different quantities, but 11. (d) The man can exert force on block by pulling the rope.
both has same unit (N–s). The tension in rope will make the man move. Hence
4. (a) For the body to be in equilibrium under two forces, we statement-1 is false.
have 12. (b) Statement 1 : Cloth can be pulled out without
  dislodging the dishes from the table because of inertia.
F1 + F2 = 0,
Therefore, statement – 1 is true.
 
F1 = − F2 Statement 2 : This is Newton’s third law and hence
true. But statement 2 is not a correct explanation of
5. (d) The net force on the block is zero, but action cannot statement 1.
cancel the reaction because these two act on different 13. (b) It is easier to pull a heavy object than to push it on a level
bodies. ground. Statement-1 is true. This is because the normal
6. (c) Newton’s second law can not be used for any object. reaction in the case of pulling is less as compared by
pushing. (f = µ N). Therefore the frictional force is
7. (b) Due to inertia the dishes remain at their position and
small in case of pulling.
fall on to the table. statement-2 is true but is not the correct explanation of
8. (b) Explained in theory. statement-1.
9. (a) A single stage rocket can give nearly 4 km/s, which is
Exercise 5.4
Passage for (Questions 1 &2) τ
1. (a) For F to be zero, at 2 τ at 3
= −
0 = at (τ –t), 2 3
0
∴ t = τ 3
Pf – Pi = J aτ
= .
τ 6
or Pf – 0 = ∫0 F dt
F at (τ – t )
τ 2. (c) Acceleration, a = =
or Pf = ∫ at (τ − t ) dt m m
0
 Laws of Motion & Equilibrium 273

dv at τ − at 2 4u 2 + 6 g 
= or v = .
dt m 3
v t  at τ − at 2  Passage for (Questions 5 to 7)
or ∫0 dv = ∫ 
0  m
 dt
 5. (a) 6. (b) 7. (c)
 
 at 2
The downward load = (20 + 10)g
at 3 
 τ−  = 294 N.
 2 3  The pulley system can be lifted only when F > 294 N.
or v =
m
 at 2 at 3  Thus in case (a) and (b) the accelerations of the blocks
 −  will be zero.
dx 2 3  For F = 394 N : If a0 is the acceleration of the system
Now = 
dt m as a whole, then
 at 2 at 3  394 – 2T = 0 × a0
x τ  −  \ T = 197 N
or ∫0 (dx) = ∫  m 3  dt
If a is the acceleration of each block with respect to
0  m 
pulley, then with respect to ground their accelerations
aτ 4 are
∴ x =
12m a1 = ( a0 − a ) ↓ a0
Passage (Questions 3 & 4) and a2 = ( a0 + a ) ↑
T T
A 20g – T = 20 ( a0 − a ) ...(i)
T
ut and T – 10g = 10 ( a0 + a ) ...(ii)
T
B After solving above equations, we get
1 gt2
2 a0 = 4.925 m/s2, a = 4.97 m/s2 10 g
\ a1 = 0.05 m/s2, a2 = 9.9 m/s2
1
3. (d) In time t, ut = gt 2 Passage for (Questions 8 to 10) 20 g
2
8. (a) For m1 to be lifted off T = m1g
2u and F = 2T
F = 2t
or t = .
g or 2t = 2m1g
Velocity of block B in this duration \ t = m1g = 1 × 9.81 T T
2u = 9.81 s
vi = 0 + gt = g× = 2u.
g 9. (a) For m2 to be lifted off T
When string gets taut, then T = m2 g m2 m1
For block A, and F = 2T m 1g
2 m ( vf – u) = J
or 2t = 2 × m2 g
and for block B,
m(v f – 2u ) = – J \ t = m2 g = 2 × 9.81 =
19.62 s
10. (c) At t = 25 s, F =2 × 25 =50 N
∴ 2m(vf – u) = – m(vf –2u)
For the pulley,
4u
or vf = . 2T – 50 = 0 × a0 ,
3
where a0 is the acceleration of the pulley.
4. (c) When string becomes taut, both the blocks will move
\ T = 25 N
with constant acceleration If a is the acceleration of the block w.r.t. pulley, then
mg a1 = ( a + a0 ) ↑
a = = g/3.
m + 2m and a2 = ( a − a0 ) ↓
Now v2 = v 2f + 2 a × ( – ut) By Newton′s second law, we have
0 1( a + a )
 4u  g 2u
2 T – 1g = ...(i)
=   + 2 ( − u × ) and 2g – T = 2 ( a − a0 ) ...(ii)
 3 3 g
Substituting T = 25 N and solving equations (i) and
16 2 g  4u 2
= u 2 + − (ii), we get
9 3 3
a = 6.25 m/s2
4u 2 6 g  and a0 = 8.94 m/s2
= +
9 9
\ a1 = 6.25 + 8.94 =15.19 m/s 2
274 Mechanics

a2 = 8.94 − 6.25 = 2.69 m/s 2 = (13.4 + 1 + 2 + 3.6 ) × 7.35

Passage for (Questions 11 & 12) = 147 N
Suppose a0 is the acceleration of the system corresponding 13. A → q ; B → p ; C → s ; D → r
300N
to force F. The FBD of the system shown in figure. A
150° 120°
Given M = 13.4 =
kg, m1 1kg,
= m2 2 =
kg, m3 3.6 kg B C
µ1 = 0.75 and m2 = 0.6 TBC TBC

11. (a) For no slipping between m2 and M, we have

m1 w1 w2
(m1+m2)a0
m2 T T Applying Lami’s equation, we have
T TBC W2 300
2(m1+m2)g = =
T sin150° sin120° sin 90°
T W1 TBC
m3g and AB = =
a0 sin 90° sin150° sin120°
After simplifying, we get
T − µ 2 ( m1 + m2 ) g + ( m1 + m2 ) a0  = 0
TAB = 173 N, TBC = 150 N, W1 = 87 N, W2 = 260 N.
14. A → q ; B → p ; C → r ; D → r
or T − 0.6 (1 + 2 ) × 9.8 + (1 + 2 ) a0  = 0 N2
N2
N1
or T = 17.64 + 3a0 ...(i) TA
TB
For block m3 : N1
T − m3 g = 0 4g
5g 30°
or T = m3= g 3.6 × 9.8
= 35.28 ...(ii) TB TA

From equations (i) and (ii), we get

a0 = 5.88 m/s2 15g

Thus F = ( M + m1 + m2 + m3 ) a0 aA = aB = aC
= (13.4 + 1 + 2 + 3.6 ) × 5.88 N1 = 4g, N2 = 5g cos 30°
= 117.7 N TA – µN1 = 4aA,
12 (b) For no slipping, between m1 and m2, we have TB + 5 g sin 30° – µN 2 = 5aB
m1a0 = µ1m1g and 15g – (TA + TB) = 15aC
\ a0 ' = µ1g= 0.75 × 9.8= 7.35 m/s . 2 After solving above equations, we get
This acceleration is greater than a0, so the block m2 aA = aB = 5.8 m/s2.
together with m1 will move backward relative to M. TA = 38.88 N,
TB = 21.47 N.
Thus F = ( M + m1 + m2 + m3 ) a0'

Exercise 5.5
(a) When F1 , F2 and F3 are acting on a particle then
1. 3. (d) For the block to remain stationary with the wall
the particle remains stationary. This means that the f = W
f = µN
resultant of F1 F2 and F3 is zero. When F1 is removed,
F2 and F3 will remain. But the resultant of F2 and F3
10N 10N 10N
should be equal and opposite to F1.
  
i.e. | F2 + F3 | =| F1 | W
 
| F2 + F3 | F µN = W 0.2 × 10 = W ⇒ W = 2N
∴ a = ⇒ a= 1
m m 4. (d) u = 6 m/s, v = 0, t = 10s, a = ?
2. (a) For the bag accelerating down v = u + at ⇒ 0 = 6 + a ×10
⇒ a = −6 = −0.6m / s 2
T
mg – T = ma Bag a
mg 10
mg

m( g – a ) = 49 (10 – 5) = 24.5 N
f = µN N
∴ T = 10 The retardation is due to the frictional force
 Laws of Motion & Equilibrium 275
∴ f = ma ⇒ µN = ma ⇒µmg =ma 9. (c) N2
a 0.6

2
F
N1 F1
⇒ µ= = = 0.06 f2
g 10

5. (c) From diagram, mg sin 
mg cos 
g cos
ma mg sin θ  mg
f1 mg cos θ
mg
N θ
For the upward motion of the body
 mg sin θ + f1 = F1
(pseudo ma  or, F
1 = mg sin θ + µmg cos θ
force) mg cos For the downward motion of the body,
+ ma sin mg mg sin 
mg sin θ – f2 = F2 
For block to remain stationary, or F2 = mg sin θ – µmg cos θ
mg = sin α ma cos α ⇒ a = g tan α
F1 sin θ + µ cos θ
6. (b) g sin θ − µg cos θ ∴ =
F2 sin θ − µ cos θ
d θ tan θ + µ 2µ + µ 3µ
n ⇒ = = =
g si d tan θ − µ 2µ − µ µ
45° 45°
smooth rough 10. (c) Given that F(t) = F0 e −bt
When surface is When surface is dv − bt
⇒ m = F0 e
smooth rough dt
1 2
d = ( g sin θ)t1 , d = 1 ( g sin θ − µg cos θ) t22 dv F
2 2 = 0 e −bt
dt m
v t
2d 2d F0 −bt

t1 =
g sin θ ,
t2 =
g sin θ − µg cos θ ∫ dv = m ∫ e dt
0 0
According to question, − bt  t
F0  e
n
2d
=
2d
v=
  =
m  −b 
F0 
mb 
(
− e −bt − e −0 
 )
0
g sin θ g sin θ − µg cos θ F0 
µ, as applicable here, is coefficient of kinetic friction ⇒ v = 1 − e −bt 
mb  
as the block moves over the inclined plane.
11. (d) The acceleration of blocks:
1  1   
n =  cos= 45° sin= 45°  F f B F=kt
1 − µk  2 Till F ≤ flim, a =   f
 m A + mB  A
1 1 1
n 2 = or 1 – µk = 2 or µ k = 1 − f
1 − µk n n2 For F > flim, aA =
mA
(constant)
7. (a) If v is the speed of the block
  kt − f 
after moving a distance  on and aB =  ,

smooth inclined φ
 mB 
which increases with time.
= 0 + 2 (g sin φ) 
v2
12. (b) Normal forces on block A due to B and between B and wall
The retardation on the rough inclined will be F. Friction on A due to B = 20 N
a′ = (µ g cos φ – g sin φ) ∴ Friction on B due to wall = 100 + 20 = 120
Thus 0 = v2 – 2 a’ ×  1 1
or 0 = 2g sin φ – 2 (µg cos φ – g sin φ) 13. (b) Einitial = m (2v) 2 + 2m (2v) 2 =3mv 2
2 2
∴ µ = 2 tan φ. 1 4 2 4 2 4 2
8. (a) mg sin θ = ma E final
= 3m  v + v=  mv
2 9 9  3
∴ a = g sin θ 4
where a is along the inclined plane 3−
3 5
∴ Fractional loss= = = 56%
∴ vertical component of acceleration is g sin2 θ 3 9
∴ relative vertical acceleration of A with respect to B is 14. (c) For the rotational equilibrium, torque f
2 g 2
g (sin 60 − sin 30] = 4.9 m / s 2 i n v e r t i c a l
= produced by f and torque produced by
2 N must be equal.
F N
direction
W
276 Mechanics
15. (a) N1 = 25 sin θ, a
2 3 ∴ tan θ = … (i)
∴ f1 = µN1 = × 25 × = 6N. g
5 5 But y = k x2. Therefore,
2 2 dy
f2 = µN2 = mg = × 1 × 10 = 2kx = tan θ … (ii)
5 5 dx
= 4N. f2
f1
a a
Now from Newton’s second law From (i) & (ii) 2kx = ⇒ x=
25m/s2 g 2kg
25 cos θ – (f1 + f2) = ma
25N 20. (a) As tan θ > µ, the block has a tendency to move down
4 N1
the incline. Therefore a force P is applied upwards
or 25 × – (6 + 4) = 1 a θ
5 along the incline. Here, at equilibrium P + f = mg sin θ
∴ a = 10 m/s2. ⇒ f = mg sin θ − P
16. (b) Before the string is cut the situation is shown N
f
N
in figure. P
T = mg mg sin

mg cos P 
When string is cut, the unbalanced force on A is T. mg sin f
mg cos

T mg g
mg
mg
∴ Acceleration of block A = = = 
2m 2m 2


Now as P increases, f decreases linearly with respect

mg
The acceleration of B = =g to P.
m When P = mg sin θ, f = 0.
17. (b) In force free space, momentum of satellite remains
When P is increased further, the block has a tendency
constant, and so
to move upwards along the incline.
d (mv)
mv = k or =0 Therefore the frictional force acts downwards along
dt the incline.
dv dm dv Here, at equilibrium P = f + mg sin θ
or m dt + v dt = 0 or M + v × (αv) = 0
dt ∴ f = P – mg sin θ

dv αv 2 Now as P increases, f increases linearly w.r.t P.
∴ = –
dt M This is represented by graph (a) .
18. (b) The acceleration of mass m is due to the force T cos θ 21. (a, c) The forces are resolved as shown in the figure.
∴ T cos θ= ma F When θ = 45º, sin θ = cos θ
Q
T cos θ T T cos θ
⇒ a= ... (i) R
m a
Tsinθ Tsinθ a
1N
θ
T sin θ
also, F = 2T sin θ θ Tcosθ θ sin θ
F x x cos θ
⇒ T = ... (ii) 1N
2sin θ FIXED θ
P
From (i) and (ii) The block will remain stationary and the frictional
 F  cos θ F F x hen θ > 45º, sinθ > cosθ
force is zero. W
a =  =  =
2sin θ  m 2m tan θ 2m a 2 − x 2 Therefore a frictional force acts towards Q.
  22. 5
a2 − x2
tan θ 
 x 
 
F1 θ
19. (b) Y mg sin θ mg cos θ
The forces acting on the Ncos θ f mg
bead as seen by the ob- θ
N 45°
server in the accelerated ma P Nsinθ The pushing force F1 = mg sinθ + f
frame are : (a) N ; (b) mg F1 = mg sin θ + µ mg cos θ = mg (sin θ + µ cos θ)
mg
; (c) ma (pseudo force). θ
The force required to just prevent it from sliding down
Let θ is the angle which X F2 = mg sin θ – µN = mg (sin θ – µ cos θ)
the tangent at P makes Given , F1 = 3F2
with the X- axis. As the bead is in equilibrium with ∴ sin θ + µcos θ = 3(sin θ – µ cos θ )
respect to the wire, therefore ∴ 1 + µ = 3(1 – µ) [ sin θ = cos θ ]
N sin θ = ma and N cos θ = mg ∴ 4µ = 2 ∴ µ = 0.5 ∴ N = 10 µ = 5
278 MECHANICS
Definitions, Explanations and Derivations
6.1 ANGULAR VELOCITY
r
Consider a particle moving along a circle. Let it undergoes an angular displacement Dq in time Dt. Wee
can define the average angular velocity of the particle as
ur r
w = Dq .
Dt
The instantaneous angular velocity
uuur r
ur Dq ur d q
w = lim or w = .
Dt ® 0 Dt dt
Angular velocity is a vector quantity whose direction is along the axis of rotation and given
by right hand screw rule. Its SI unit is rad/s. If particle makes n cycles or revolutions in one
second, then
Figure. 6.1 w = n ´ 2p or w = 2pn.
1
Since n = , where T is the time to complete one revolution
T
2p
\ w = .
T

6.2 ANGULAR ACCELERATION

If the angular velocity of a rotating particle is not constant, then the body has an angular acceleration.
Let w1 and w2 be the angular velocity at time t1 and t2 respectively. The average angular acceleration
uur uur uur
ur w 2 - w1 Dw
a = = .
t2 - t1 Dt
The instantaneous angular acceleration
uuur uuur
ur D w dw
a = lim = .
Dt ® 0 Dt dt

dq
As w = ;
dt
Figure. 6.2
d 2q
\ a = .
dt 2
Angular acceleration is a vector quantity, its direction is along the axis of rotation. Its SI unit is rad/s2.
6.3 RELATIONSHIP BETWEEN ANGULAR AND LINEAR PARAMETERS

Let in time Dt the arc distance travelled by particle is Ds, then we have
Ds = r Dq
Ds Dq
or = r
Figure. 6.3 Dt Dt
or v = rw
Differentiating above equation with respect to time, we get tangential acceleration
dv dw
at = =r
dt dt
or at = ra.
 Circular Motion 279
In the uniform circular motion, speed of the particle remains constant hence at = 0.

Figure. 6.4
ur
Vector angular velocity w
r r
Consider a particle P revolving around an axis with an angular velocity w. Let r be the position
vector of the particle with respect to any point O on the axis. Since the particle describes a circle of
radius (r sin q ) lying in the plane perpendicular to the axis of rotation, the magnitude of linear velocity
v = w r sin q
r r
and its direction is perpendicular to the plane containing r and w .
By right hand screw rule, we can write
r ur r
v = w × r.
Change in position (linear displacement)
If particle changes its position from P to Q in time t, then displacement
uuur r uur ur
PQ = D r = r2 - r1
Figure. 6.5
uur ur
or Dr = | r2 - r1 | = r12 + r22 - 2r1r2 cos q
For r1 = r2 = r

Dr = r 2 + r 2 - 2r 2 cos q = 2r 2 (1 - cos q)

q
Dr = 2r sin
2
Change in velocity
Change in velocity after traversing angle q Figure. 6.6
ur uur uur
Dv = v 2 - v1
uur uur
or Dv = | v2 - v1 | = v12 + v22 - 2v1v2 cos q

For uniform speed v1 = v 2 = v = wr

Dv = v2 + v 2 - 2v2 cos q

2v2 (1 - cos q) q
= [ 1 - cos q = 2 sin 2 ]
2
q
or Dv = 2v sin .
2 Figure. 6.7
280 MECHANICS
If two particles are moving on same circle or different circles in same plane with different angular
velocities w1 and w2 respectively, the angular velocity of 2 relative to 1 will be
uur uur uur
w 21 = w 2 - w 1
or w21 = w 2 - w1.
Time taken by 2 to complete one revolution w.r.t. particle 1 is given by
2p 2p 2p
T = = = .
w 21 w 2 - w1 2p 2p
Figure. 6.8 -
T1 T2

T1T2
\ T = .
T2 - T1

6.4 ANGULAR VELOCITY IN GENERAL

Consider the situation, in which particle is not on a circular path. Suppose the particle P at any instant
going along the tangent of the curve. Let its speed be v and its direction of motion makes an angle q
r
with the radius vector r relative to P (see fig. 6.9).
The angular velocity of particle P is defined as;
The velocity component perpendicular to OP
w=
OP
v^
or w = ........ (1)
Figure. 6.9 r
Here, v^ = v sin q
v sin q rv sin q
\ w = =
r r2
r r
r´v
or w = ........ (2)
r2

6.5 ACCELERATION IN CIRCULAR MOTION

Uniform circular motion

The motion of a particle moving along a circular path with constant speed is called uniform circular
motion (UCM). In motion along circular path, the velocity of particle always changes due to change in
direction of motion. Due to which there is an acceleration, which is called normal or centripetal
v2
acceleration. Its magnitude is found to be .
r
Non-uniform circular motion
If a particle is moving along a circular path with variable speed, its velocity changes due to change in
direction of motion and also by change in magnitude of the velocity. In such a case there are two
perpendicular accelerations :
(i) Normal or centripetal acceleration (ac ) :
This acceleration is due to change in direction of motion and is given by,
v2
ac = .
r
(ii) Tangential acceleration (at) :
This acceleration is due to change in magnitude of velocity and is given by,
dv
at = = a r.
dt
 Circular Motion 281
Thus resultant acceleration
ur ur
a = a c + at
ur æ v2 ö æ dv ö ˆ
or a = - ç ÷ rˆ + ç ÷ q.
è ør è dt ø

and a = ac2 + at2 .

Unit vector along the radius and the tangent Figure. 6.10
uuur uuur
Let us draw a unit vector OP = r̂ along the outward radius and a unit vector PQ = q̂ along the
tangent in direction of increasing q. We call r̂ radial unit vector and q̂ the tangential unit vector. Thus
uuur
OP = OP cos q î + OP sin q ĵ (as OP = 1)

\ r̂ = cos qˆi + sin qˆj

Similarly,
uuur
PQ = – PQ sin q î + PQ cos q ĵ (as PQ = 1)
\ q̂ = – sin qiˆ + cos qˆj
As r̂ and q̂ are mutually perpendicular,,
Figure. 6.11
So r̂ . qˆ = 0.
6.6 CENTRIPETAL ACCELERATION (DERIVATION)
Method - I : Let us consider a particle moving along a circular path of radius r with constant angular
speed w . Its position vector at any time t is given by
r = OP
= OP r̂
Here r̂ is the unit vector along radius, and r̂ = (cos q î + sin q ĵ )
\ r = r (cos q î + sin q ĵ ) ....(i)
Differentiating equation (i) with respect to time, we get velocity
ur dr dq dq
v = = r (– sin q î + cos q ĵ )
dt dt dt
æ dqö
= r ç ÷ (– sin q î + cos q ĵ ) Figure. 6.12
è dt ø
ur
or v = r w – sin q î + cos q ĵ ) ....(ii)
We know that,
dq
= w and (– sin q î + cos q ĵ ) = q̂
dt
ur ur
\ v = r w qˆ and | v | = wr.
The acceleration can be obtained by differenting equation (ii). Thus
ur
ur dv d
ac = = [r w (– sin q î + cos q ĵ )]
dt dt
dq dq
= r w [– cos q î – sin q ĵ ]
dt dt
= – r w æç d q ö÷ [cos q î + sin q ĵ ]
è dt ø
é dq ù
= – r w2 r̂ ê dt = w ú
ë û
r 2
r 2 v 2
or a c = -w r and ac = w r = .
r
282 MECHANICS
ur
Here a c is called normal acceleration and its direction is towards the centre of circular path. Because
of centre seeking it is also called centripetal acceleration.
Method - II : Let us consider a particle which traverses angle Dq in time Dt , with reference to the
coordinate axes shown in figure given below, we have
Dq Dq
vPx = v sin and vPy = v cos
2 2
Dq Dq
and VQx = – v sin , VQy = v cos
2 2
\ Dv y = vQy – vPy
Dq Dq
= – v cos – v cos =0
2 2
and Dv x = vQx – vPx
Dq Dq Dq
= – v sin – v sin = – 2v sin .
2 2 2
Figure. 6.13
Dq Dq
As Dq is small, so sin »
2 2
Dq
\ Dv x = – 2v = – v Dq …(i)
2
Dividing equation (i) by Dt , we get centripetal acceleration
Dv x Dq
ac = = –v
Dt Dt
Dq
As = w
Dt
\ ac = – v w = – ( w r) w = – w2 r..
The minus sign tells us that the acceleration is towards the origin (centre of circle).
6.7 CENTRIPETAL FORCE
For a particle moving in a circular path, it has an acceleration towards the centre of path. According to
Newton¢s second law the particle must experience a net force towards the centre of path. This force is
Figure. 6.14 called centripetal force. If ac be the centripetal acceleration, then centripetal force is given by
r r
Fc = ma c
mv 2
or Fc = .
r
Centripetal force is not a new kind of force, it may be gravitational force, tension, frictional or Coulomb’s
force.
For example : A body is rotating in a circle with the help of string.Here tension in the string is the
centripetal force.
For example : Motion of earth around sun. Here gravitational force is the centripetal force.
Figure. 6.15
6.8 CENTRIFUGAL FORCE
Consider a block of mass m placed on a table at a distance r from its centre. Suppose the table rotates
with constant angular velocity w and block remains at rest with respect to table. Let us first analyse the
motion of the block relative to an observer on the ground (inertial frame). In this frame the block is
v2
moving in a circle of radius r. It, therefore, has an acceleration towards the centre. The resultant
r
2
force on the block must be towards the centre and its magnitude is mv . In this frame the forces on the
r
Figure. 6.16
block are :
(i) weight, mg
(ii) normal reaction, N
 Circular Motion 283
(iii) frictional force, f by the table.
Thus we have, N = mg ....(i)
and by Newton’s Second law of motion

mv 2
f = . ....(ii)
r

Figure. 6.17
Now observe the same block in a frame attached with the rotating table. The observer here finds that
the block is at rest. Thus the net force on the block in this frame must be zero. The weight and normal
reaction balance each other but frictional force, f acts on the block towards the centre of the table. To
make the resultant zero, a pseudo force must be assumed which acts on the block away radially
mv 2
outwards and has a magnitude . This pseudo force is called centrifugal force. In this frame the
r
forces on the block are:
(i) weight, mg
(ii) normal reaction, N
(iii) frictional force, f
mv 2
(iv) centrifugal force,
r
Thus we have, å Fvertical = 0
or N – mg = 0, or N = mg ....(i)
and å Fradius = 0

mv 2
or f– = 0
r
mv 2
or f = ....(ii)
r
Note:
We have got the same result in non-inertial frame as in inertial frame. It should be remembered that
the centrifugal force is taken into account only in rotating frame (non-inertial frame).

6.9 ANALYSIS OF CONICAL PENDULUM

Consider a conical pendulum of length l. It is made to rotate about a vertical axis. Suppose string of
the pendulum makes an angle q with the axis. Its motion can be studied in two frames. These are :
inertial frame and rotating frame.
(a) In inertial frame of reference : we have
T sin q = mw2r ....(i)
and T cos q = mg. ....(ii)
284 MECHANICS
From above equations, we get
w2r
tan q =
g

w 2 l sin q
or tan q =
g
From above equations, we get
g
\ w = .
l cos q
(b) In non-inertial frame:
Figure. 6.18 (a)
å Fradius = 0
or T sin q – mw2r = 0 ....(i)
and å Fvertical = 0
or T cos q – mg = 0. ....(ii)
After solving these equations, we get

w2r w 2l sin q
tan q = =
g g

g
or w = .
l cos q
Work done in circular motion
Figure. 6.18 (b)
(i) In uniform circular motion, the only force is centripetal force, which acts perpendicular to the
velocity. So the rate of doing work or power
dW uur ur
P = = F n . v = Fc v cos 90° = 0.
dt
(ii) In non uniform circular motion, there are normal and tangential forces. The rate of doing work
dW uur uur ur
P = =(Fc + F t ). v
dt
uur ur uur ur
= Fc. v + Ft . v
Figure. 6.19
= Fc v cos 90° + Ft v cos0°
or P = Ftv,
where Ft is the tangential force which comes into play due to tangential acceleration in non-uniform
circular motion and given by Ft = mat.

Rotor
Consider a rotor, a hollow vertical cylindrical device which rotates about its axis and a person rests
against the inner wall. As the person is at rest w.r.t. rotor, so
N = m w2 R. ....(i)
and frictional force
f = mg. ....(ii)
Minimum speed of rotation of rotor : At the minimum speed, the friction is limiting one, that is
f = m s N.
or mg = µs (mw2R)

g
\ w = wmin = .
Figure. 6.20 ms R
 Circular Motion 285
6.10 MOTION OF CYCLIST ON CIRCULAR ROAD
When a cyclist goes round a circular road, a centripetal force is required. The frictional force between
the tyres and ground provides the necessary centripetal force. To get rotational equilibrium he leans
from vertical. Let q be the angle, the contact force on tyres makes with vertical. Then to prevent
skidding, we have
mac £ flim
mv 2
or £ ms N
r
£ m s (mg)
Þ v £ msr g .
Again we have

mv 2
flim = ....(i)
r
and N = mg ....(ii)
Dividing equation (i) by (ii), we get Figure. 6.21

flim v2
=
N rg

flim
As = tan q
N

v2
\ tan q = .
rg

6.11 BANKING OF ROAD

On circular path, if frictional force is not enough to provide required centripetal force, then
outer edge of the road is raised with respect to inner edge of the road. This is called
banking of road.
Consider a car of mass m going on a circular path of radius r with a speed v. The outer edge
of road is raised by h with respect to inner edge. Geometrically banking of road (also
known as superelevation) is defined as
h
tan q =
b
h ,
for small q , tan q ;
W
where W is the width of the road.
Now let tendency of car is to slip up (this corresponds to maximum speed),
then friction will act down the elevation.
Along vertical direction, we have

å Fv = 0

or N cos q = mg + m s N sin q
or N cos q – m s N sin q = mg. ....(i)
And along horizontal direction by Newton’s second law Simplified FBD assuming car
mv 2 as a point object
N sin q + m s N cos q = . ....(ii) Figure. 6.22
r
286 MECHANICS
Dividing equation (ii) by (i), we have

sin q + m s cos q v2
= .
cos q - m s sin q rg
Again dividing numerator and denominator each by cos q , we get

é m s + tan q ù 2
vmax
ê ú = . ...(1)
ë1 - m s tan q û rg
If tendency of car is to slip down the plane, it corresponds to minimum speed of the car, then

é –m s + tan q ù 2
vmin
ê ú = . ...(2)
ë 1 + m s tan q û rg

Special case : when there is no friction between the tyres and road, ms = 0, then we have

v2
tan q = . ...(3)
rg

6.12 MOTION ON A PLANE CIRCULAR PATH

Consider a car whose centre of gravity is at a height h from the road and separation between the wheels
is 2a. Car is going with a constant speed v on a circular path of radius r.
For the vertical equilibrium of the car
N1 + N2 = mg. … (i)
The maximum value of centripetal force that can be available is
f = f1 + f2 = m s N1 + m s N2
= m s (N1 + N2) = m s mg.
Skidding : To prevent skidding, we have

mv 2
£ f
r
£ m s mg
Figure. 6.23
or v £ msr g …(ii)

\ vmax. = msr g .

Now taking moment of all the forces acting on the car about centre of gravity (or any other point) we
have
m s (N1 + N2) × h + N1 × a – N2 × a = 0 ....(iii)

v2
From equation (i), N2 = mg – N1 and from equation (ii) we have m s = . Substituting these values in
rg
equation (iii) and after simplification, we get

mg æ v2h ö
N1 = ç1 - ÷, ....(iv)
2 è r g aø

mg æ v2h ö
and N2 = ç1 + ÷. ....(v)
2 è r g aø
Figure. 6.24
 Circular Motion 287
Overturning
With the increase in speed of the car normal reaction N2 increases while N1 decreases. For a particular
value of speed v = vmax, N1 becomes zero, and car is then about to overturn. Thus to prevent overturning,
N1 ³ 0

mg æ v2h ö
or ç1 - ÷ ³ 0
2 è r g aø

rga
or v £ .
h

FORMULAE USED
s
1. Angular displacement, q =
r
q
2. Angular velocity, w =
t
2p
3. If T is the time period of rotation, angular velocity w = = 2pf
T
r
4. Linear velocity, vr = w ´ rr or v = wr

r r r
5. Tangential acceleration, at = a ´ r or at = ar

v2
6. Centripetal acceleration, ac = = w2 r
r

mv 2
7. Centripetal force, Fc = = mw2 r
r

8. Total acceleration (in non-uniform circular motion), a = an2 + at2

9. Centrifugal force is taken into account in rotating frame and its magnitude is equal to that of
centripetal force and act away from the centre of the path.
10. Bending of cyclist : In order to take a circular turn of radius r with speed v the cyclist should
v2
bend himself from vertical at an angle, tan q =
rg

v2
11. Banking of roads : The banking angle of the road (in absence of friction) is given by, tan q =
rg

12. If µs the coefficient of static friction, then banking angle is given by,
2
m s + tan q vmax
=
1 - m s tan q rg

2
-m s + tan q vmin
and =
1 + m s tan q rg
13. Motion of vehicle on plane circular road :
To prevent skidding of the vehicle, the speed v £ m s rg

To prevent overturning, v £ rga ,

h
where (2a) is the separation between wheels and h is the height of centre of gravity.
288 MECHANICS

EXAMPLES BASED ON MOTION IN HORIZONTAL CIRCLE

Example 1. A cyclist starts from the centre O of a circular park Example 3. Read each statement below carefully and state,
of radius 1 km, reaches the edge P of the park, then cycles along with reasons, if it is true or false : [NCERT]
the circumference, and returns to the centre along QO as shwon
(a) The net acceleration of a particle in circular motion is
in Fig. If the round trip takes 10 min, what is the (a) net
always along the radius of the circle towards the centre.
displacement, (b) average velocity, and (c) average speed of the
cyclist ? [NCERT] (b) The velocity vector of a particle at a point is always along
the tangent to the path of the particle at that point.

Q (c) The acceleration vector of a particle in uniform circular

motion averaged over one cycle is a null vector.

Sol. (a) False, the net acceleration of a particle in circular motion is

P along the radius of the circle towards the centre only in
O
uniform circular motion.
(b) True, because while leaving the circular path, the particle
moves tangentially to the circular path.
(c) True, the direction of acceleration vector in a uniform circular
Sol. (a) Since both the initial and final positions are the same
motion is directed towards the centre of circular path. It is
therefore the net displacement is zero.
constantly changing with time. The resultant of all these
(b) Average velocity is the ratio of net displacement and total
time taken. Since the net displacement is zero therefore the vectors will be a zero vector.
average velocity is also zero.
Example 4. A particle starts from the origin at t = 0 s with a
distance covered
(c) Average speed =
time taken velocity of 10.0 ĵ m/s and moves in the x-y plane with a constant

OP + actual distance PQ + QO acceleration of 8.0 iˆ + 2.0 ˆj m/s –2. (a) At what time is the
=
10 minute
x-coordinate of the particle 16 m? What is the y-coordinate of the
particle at that time? (b) What is the speed of the particle at that
1
1 km + ´ 2p ´ 1 km + 1 km time? [NCERT]
4
=
10 r r r
Sol. (a) Using , v = u + at , we have
60h
ur ur
v = u + (8.0iˆ + 2.0 ˆj )t ... (i)
æ 22 ö -1 50 -1
= 6 ç 2 + ÷ km h = 6 ´ km h
è 14 ø 14
= 10 ˆj + (8.0iˆ + 2.0 ˆj ) t
= 21.43 km h–1.
Example 2. An aircraft executes a horizontal loop of radius 1 2
x = ux + ax t
1.00 km with a steady speed of 900 km/h. Compare its centripetal 2
acceleration with the acceleration due to gravity. [NCERT]
Sol. Here r = 1 km = 103 m, 1
16 = 0 + ´ 8 ´ t 2
2
5
v = 900 km h–1 = 900 × = 250 ms–1 or t = 2s
18
(b) Velocity of the particle at time t is v = 10 ˆj + 8tiˆ + 2tjˆ ,
v 2 (250) 2
Centripetal acceleration = ac = = when, t = 2 s, then,
r 103
= 62.5 ms–2 v = 10 ˆj + 8 ´ 2tiˆ + 2 ´ 2tjˆ = 16iˆ + 14 ˆj

ac 62.5 ur
Now, = = 6.38. 2 2
Speed = | v | = 16 + 14 = 21.26 ms
-1
g 9.8
 Circular Motion 289
Example 5. A rigid body is spinning with an angular velocity of
ˆ kˆ passing through the point
4 rad/s about an axis parallel to 3j-

ˆi + 3jˆ - kˆ . Find the velocity of the particle at the point 4iˆ - 2jˆ + kˆ .

ˆ kˆ then,
Sol. Let n̂ be the unit vector in the direction of 3j-

3ˆj - kˆ (3ˆj - kˆ )
n̂ = =
32 + (-1) 2 10 Figure. 6.26
and tangential acceleration
\ angular velocity of the particle a t = 0.5 m/s2.
ur
w = w n̂ \ Total acceleration

4 a = ac2 + at2
= ( 3ˆj - kˆ ) rad/s.
10 = 0.702 + 0.52 = 0.86 m / s 2 .
The position vector of the point with reference to point (ˆi + 3ˆj - kˆ ) If q is the angle between the total acceleration and the velocity of the
cyclist, then
r ˆ ˆ ˆ ˆ
r = (4i - 2 j + kˆ ) - ( i + 3j - kˆ ) an 0.7
tanq = =
= 3ˆi - 5ˆj + 2kˆ m. at 0.5

Hence linear velocity or q = tan -1 (1.4) . Ans.

r ur r
v = w × r Example 8. A particle moves in a circle of radius 4.0 cm clockwise
4 at constant speed of 2 cm/s. If xˆ and yˆ are unit acceleration vectors
= (3ˆj - kˆ ) × (3ˆi - 5ˆj + 2kˆ ) along x-axis and y-axis respectively, find the acceleration of the
10
particle at the instant half way between P and Q. Refer to figure 6.27.
-4
= (ˆi + 3ˆj + 9kˆ ) m/s. Ans.
10
Example 6. A particle is going parallel to x-axis with constant
speed v at a distance a from the axis. Find its angular velocity about
an axis passing through the origin O, at the instant when radial
vector of the particle makes angle q with the x-axis.
r
Sol. The velocity of the particle perpendicular to the radial vector r is
v sin q . Also r sin q = a.
Thus by the definition
v^
w= . Figure. 6.27
r
Sol. The centripetal acceleration
v sin q v
= = sin 2 q. v2
( a / sin q) a a =
r
Ans. Figure. 6.25
22
Example 7. A cyclist is riding with a speed of 27 km/h. As he = = 1 cm / s 2
4
approaches a circular turn on the road of radius 80 m, he applies
brakes and reduces his speed at the constant rate 0.5 m/s2. What is
the magnitude and direction of the net acceleration of the cyclist
on the circular turn ?
Sol. This is an example of non-uniform circular motion, and therefore
it has two accelerations :
Centripetal acceleration

ac =
v2
=
( 27 ´ 5 /18) 2

r 80
= 0.70 m/s2 Figure. 6.28
290 MECHANICS

If R be the midpoint of the arc PQ, then ÐPOR = 45°. Sol. Here, lateral thrust exerted by the rails to wheel is providing the
Thus, if ax and ay are the components of the acceleration along x and necessary centripetal force and the train would exert an equal and
y-axis respectively, then opposite thrust (by Newton’s 3rd law) on the rails
\ tan a = v2/rg,
r 1 Given, r = 30 m, v = 54 km/h = 15 m/s, g = 10 ms–2.
a x = a cos 45° ( -xˆ ) = - xˆ
2 a = tan–1 v2/ rg tan–1 (15)2/ (30 × 10) » 37°

1
r 1 Example 13. A disc revolves with a speed of 33 rev/min and
and a y = a sin 45° ( -yˆ ) = - yˆ. 3
2
has a radius of 15 cm. Two coins are placed at 4 cm and 14cm away
r r r
Hence a = ax + a y from the center of the record. If the coefficient of friction between
the coins and the record is 0.15, which of the coins will revolve with
1 the record? [NCERT]
= - ( xˆ + yˆ ) . Ans.
2 Sol. When the frictional force is sufficient to provide the centripetal
Example 9. One often comes across the following type of force the coin revolves with the disc. Coin would slip the record,
if this force is not sufficient.
statement concerning circular motion : "A particle moving
uniformly along a circle experiences a force directed towards the The coin will rotate together with record
centre (centripetal force) and an equal and opposite force directed if mw2r £ µmg
away from the centre (centrifugal force). Thus two forces together mg
keep the particle in equilibrium". Explain what is wrong with this or r £
w2
statement.
Sol. The given statement is wrong relative to an inertial frame. The 0.15 ´ 9.8
£ 2
statement is correct relative to the frame attached to the particle (non- ì æ 100 ö ü
inertial frame). í 2p ´ ç ÷ý
î è 180 ø þ
Example 10. A particle of mass m is moving in a circular path
of constant radius r such that, its centripetal acceleration a c is £ 12 cm
varying with time t as ac = k2r t2, where k is a constant. What is the Thus coin at a distance 4 cm rotates together with record while
power delivered to the particle by the forces acting on it ? coin at 15 cm will move radially away.
Example 14. A 70 kg man stands in contact against the inner
Sol. Given that, ac = k2r t2
wall of a hollow cylindrical drum of radius 3 m rotating about its
v2 vertical axis with 200 rev/min. The coefficient of friction between
or = k2r t2 the wall and his clothing is 0.15. What is the minimum rotational
r
speed of the cylinder to enable the man to remain stuck to the wall
\ v = krt ...(i) (without falling) when the floor is suddenly removed? [NCERT]
Tangential acceleration, Sol. Given, m = 70 kg, r = 3 m, n = 200 rpm = 200/60 rps, and m = 0.15
dv d (krt )
at = = = kr
dt dt
and Ft = mat = m k r
Power delivered, P = Ft v cos q = mkr × krt cos 0°
= mk 2r 2t. Ans.
Example 11. An aircraft executes a horizontal loop at a speed
of 720 km/h with its wings banked at 15°. What is the radius of the
loop? [NCERT]
Sol. Given,
a = 15°, v = 720 km/h = 200 m/s, g = 10 ms–2.
\ tana = v2/rg,
r = v2/g tan a = (200)2/ (10 × tan 15°) = 15.23 m
Example 12. A train runs along an unbanked circular track of
radius 30m at a speed of 54 km/h. The mass of the train is 106 kg.
Horizontal force provided by the wall on the man N = centripetal
What provides the centripetal force required for this purpose, the
force = m r w2. Frictional force, acting vertically upwards, opposes
engine or the rails? What is the angle of banking required to prevent
the weight of the man.
wearing out the rails? [NCERT] For minimum speed
 Circular Motion 291
mN = mg
or m (mw2r) = mg

g 10
\ w = = = 4.7 rad/s
mr 0.15 ´ 3

Example 15. A sleeve A can slide freely along a smooth rod

bent in the shape of a half circle of radius R. The system is set in
rotation with a constant angular velocity w about a vertical axis
OO'. Find the angle q corresponding to the steady position of the
sleeve.
Sol. If q is the angle corresponding to steady position, then
Figure. 6.29
N sin q = m w2 r = m w2 (R sin q ) Solving equations (i) and (ii), we get
or N = mw2R ....(i) g
cos q = . (for g < w2 R)
and N cos q = mg ....(ii) w2 R
2
If g > w R, then steady position will correspond to q = 0.

In Chapter Exercise 6.1

1. The radius of the earth¢s orbit around the sun is 1.5 × 1011 surface of a conical funnel as shown in fig. If the height of
m. Through how much angle does the earth revolve in 2 plane of the circle above the vertex is 9.8 cm, find the
days ? speed of the particle. Ans. v = 0.98 m/s
Ans. w = 1.99 ×10-7 rad/s, v = wr = 2.99 m/s , q = 0.0344 rad. 6. A man is running with constant speed of v = 10 5 m/s on
2. The angular velocity of a particle moving along a circle of a horizontal track of radius R = 20 m as shown in figure.
radius 50 cm is increased in 5 minutes from 100 revolutions At position A man launches a stone in space (without
per minute to 400 revolutions per minute. Find changing his own speed) so that he can catch stone at B
(i) angular acceleration and (diametrically opposite to A). The speed of launch will be
π 5π approximately 4 K m/sec. Then find the value of K. (take
(ii) linear acceleration Ans. (i) rad/s 2 (ii) cm/s 2. p2 = 10 and g = 10 m/s2) [Intiger]
30 3
y
3. Calculate the linear acceleration of a particle moving in a
circle of radius 0.4 m at the instant when its angular
velocity is 2 rad/s and its angular acceleration is 5 rad/s 2.
Ans. 2.6 m/s2, 38°40¢ with aT.
4. Two balls of mass M = 9 g and m = 3 g are attached by A x
threads AD and OB whose combined length is l = 1m O B
to a vertical axis O (figure) and are set in rotational motion
in a horizontal plane about this axis with a constant angular
velocity w. Determine the ratio of the lengths AO and OB Ans. 5
for which the tensions in the threads will be the same. 7. A wheel rotates around a stationary axis so that the
Disregard the weight of the threads.
rotation angle f = at2, where a = 0.20 rad/s2. Find the
m M total acceleration a of the point A at the rim at the moment
t = 2.5 s if the linear velocity of the point A at this moment
O v = 0.65 m/s. Ans. a = 0.7 m/s2
B A
8. A tube of length L is filled completely with an
Ans. OA = 25 cm, OB = 75 cm. incompressible liquid of
5. A particle describes a horizontal circle on the smooth inner
L
O
O

mass M and closed at both ends. The tube is then rotated

in a horizontal plane about one of its end with a uniform
9.8 cm angular velocity w . Find the force exerted by the liquid
at the other end.
1
Ans. M w 2 L
2
292 MECHANICS

9. Two bodies A and B separated by a distance of 2R are the string that passes through a smooth tube as shown in
moving counter clockwise along a circular path of radius the figure. The mass m moves round in a circular path
R, each with a uniform speed v. If at time t = 0, A is given which lies in the horizontal plane. The length of the string
æ 72 ö æ v ö
2 from the mass m to the top of the tube is l, and q is the
a constant tangential deceleration aq = ç ÷ ç ÷,
è 25 ø è Rp ø angle this length makes with the vertical. What should
determine the time when B collides with A. be the frequency of rotation of the mass m so that the
mass M remain stationary.
5πR
Ans.
6v Mg
10. A large mass M and a small mass m hangs at the two ends Ans. w =
ml
of 11. A vehicle whose wheel track is 1.7 m wide and whose
centre of gravity is 1m above the road and central between
l the wheels, takes a curve whose radius is 50 m, on a level
road. Find the speed at which the inner wheel would
r m leave the road. Show that if centre of gravity were
displaced 0.5 m towards the inner wheels, the overturning
speed would be increased by 25%.
Ans. 20.4 m/s
M

6.13 MOTION IN A VERTICAL CIRCLE

Consider a body of mass m tied to the one end of the string and made to rotate in a vertical circle of
radius r as shown in figure 6.30. Let u be the velocity of the body at its lowest position. Its velocity for
any angular position q is v. Height of the body, h = r – r cos q = r (1 – cos q).
By third equation of motion v2 = u2 – 2gh
= u2 – 2gr (1 – cos q )

or v = u 2 - 2 gr (1 - cos q) . …(i)
Tension in the string;
By Newton’s second law

mv 2
T – mg cos q =
r

\ mv 2
T = mg cos q +
r
Figure. 6.30
u 2 - 2 gr (1 - cos q)
or T = mg cos q + m …(ii)
r
(i) For q = 0° and 180°:
At the highest position of the body, q = 180°.
Thus the tension in the string at the highest position of the body

é u 2 - 2 gr (1 - cos180°) ù
TH = mg cos 180° + m ê ú
ë r û

é u 2 - 4 gr ù
or TH = – mg + m ê ú
ë r û
 Circular Motion 293
To complete the circle TH ³ 0

é u 2 - 4 gr ù
or – mg + m ê ú ³ 0
ë r û

\ ³ u 5 gr .
Thus the minimum velocity required at lowest position of the body to complete the

circle is 5gr . The corresponding tension in the string; from equation (ii),
TL = 6 mg Figure. 6.31
The velocity at the highest position of the body corresponds to u = 5gr ;

From equation (i), we get v = 5gr - 2 gr (1 - cos180°)

or v = gr
The most critical position at which body can leave the circle is its highest position.
Thus the critical velocity will be vc = gr .
(ii) For q = 90° :
From equation (i), we get v = 5gr - 2 gr (1 - cos 90°)

= 3gr ,
Critical circle Figure. 6.32
m( 3gr )2
and T = mg cos 90 + = 3 mg.
r

Note:
It can be shown that, TL – TH = 6 mg.

Condition for oscillations or to leave the circle

(i) For u £ 2gr :

Let us consider a body attached to a string of length r. It is projected from its lowest position
with a velocity u = 2gr .
The body will go to a height;
v2 = u2 – 2gh

or 0 = ( 2 gr )2 – 2gh
Þ h = r.

For u< 2gr , h < r.

Thus for velocity u £ 2gr , the body can not cross the position P and there after return back
towards initial position and due to inertia cross the mean position (L), and will oscillate about L.
(ii) For 2gr < u < 5gr : Figure. 6.33

As the velocity u > 2gr , the body will cross the position P but can not go upto H, because (u

< 5gr ). So body will leave the circle somewhere between P and H and will follow parabolic
path.
294 MECHANICS

FORMULAE USED

1. If u is the velocity at lowest point of the circle, then at a height h, velocity vc = gr

v = u 2 - 2 gh
v
r q
2
mv
2. Tension at any angle q, T = mg cos q + u
r

3. The minimum velocity to complete the circle (at highest point), vc = gr ,

and at lowest point of the circle = 5gr .

4. The tension in the string at the lowest point corresponding to critical velocity, TL = 6 mg
5. Also, TL – TH = 6 mg.
6. For, u £ 2 gr , the body will oscillate about lowest point.

7. For, 2 gr < u < 5 gr , the body will leave the circle.

EXAMPLES BASED ON MOTION IN VERTICAL CIRCLE

Example 16. A ball suspended by a thread swing in a vertical Example 17. A simple pendulum is oscillating with angular
plane so that its acceleration values in the extreme and the lowest displacement 90°. For what angle with vertical the acceleration of
position are equal. Find the thread deflection angle in the extreme bob directed horizontally ?
position. Sol. Let q be the required angle. The velocity of the body at angular
Sol. Suppose q is the required angle. At extreme position the velocity
position q is;
v2 v 2 = 0 + 2g ( l cos q ) …(i)
of the ball is zero, thus normal acceleration ac = = 0, and tangential
l
acceleration at = g sin q . At mean position the velocity of the ball
v = 2 g (l - l cos q).

Figure. 6.35
The normal acceleration of the bob,

v2
ac =
l

Figure. 6.34 2 g l cos q

= = 2 g cos q ,
The normal acceleration at this position l
v2 and tangential acceleration of the bob, at = g sin q .
ac = As the resultant acceleration directed horizontally, so
l
2 g (l - l cos q) ac
= = 2g (1 – cos q ) tan q =
l at
and tangential acceleration
a t = g sin q = 0. sin q 2 g cos q
or =
Thus total acceleration at mean position cos q g sin q
a = 2g (1 – cos q ) or 2cos2 q = sin2 q = (1 – cos2 q )
According to given condition, we have
g sin q = 2g (1 – cos q ) 1 æ 1 ö
Þ cos2 q = and q = cos– 1 ç ÷. Ans.
After solving, we get q = 53°. Ans. 3 è 3ø
 Circular Motion 295
Example 18. A nail is located certain distance vertically below At point P, N = 0,
the point of suspension of a simple pendulum. The pendulum bob mv 2 m(2 gh)
is released from the position where the string makes the angle 60° \ mg cos q = =
R R
from the vertical. Calculate the distance of the nail from the point
2h
of suspension such that the bob will just perform revolutions with Þ cos q = . ....(ii)
the nail as the centre. Assume the length of the pendulum to be R
1m. But from the geometry,
Sol. The velocity of the bob at its lowest position; R-h
cos q = .
by third equation of motion R
l 2h R-h
v2 = 0 + 2 g ( l – l cos60°) = 2 g ´ Therefore =
2 R R
R
or h =
3
R-h 2
and cos q = = .
h 3
5
and sin q =
3
Velocity at point P becomes
2 gR
v = 2gh = .
3
Figure. 6.36
Vertical component of velocity at P = v sin q and horizontal component
or v = gl = g ´1 …(i) of velocity is v cos q . Height of P from ground
= g. R 5R
= 2R – h = 2R – = .
Let d be the distance of nail from the point of suspension. The bob will 3 3
have to complete the circle of radius r = 1 – d. If t is the time taken by the particle to reach the ground from P, then by
For the bob to just perform the revolutions about nail, the minimum second equation of motion
speed at the lowest position must be 5R 1 2
= v sin q t + gt ....(iii)
3 2
5gr = 5 g (1 - d ) . … (ii)
and x = v cos q t. ....(iv)
Equating equations (i) and (ii), we get
Solving equations (iii) and (iv), we get
g = 5 g (1 - d ) x = 0.71 R
Thus horizontal distance from A at which the particle strikes is
4
After solving, d = = 0.80 m. Ans.
5 5
= R sin q + x = R × + 0.71
Example 19. A particle of mass m slides from the top of the 3
surface of a sphere of radius R. It looses contact and strikes the R = 1.5 R. Ans.
ground. At what depth below the top the particle will loose contact Example 20. A small heavy block is attached to the lower end
with the surface? At what horizontal distance from the initial of a light rod of length l which can be rotated about its clamped
position the body strikes the ground ? end. What minimum horizontal velocity should the block be given
Sol. Let the particle loose the contact at point P. At point P normal so that it moves in a complete circle ?
reaction by the contact surface becomes zero. If v is the velocity of the Sol. As rod is a rigid member, so it can take compression
particle at P, then we have (T < 0). The velocity of the block at its highest position can be zero to
v 2 = 0 + 2gh just cross this position.
Let block be given a velocity v at its lowest position, then by third
equation of motion, we have
v H 2 = vL2 – 2gh

Figure. 6.37
or v = 2gh . ....(i)
By Newton’s second law, we have Figure. 6.38
mv 2 or 0 = v2 – 2g × 2 l
mg cos q – N =
R Þ v = 2 gl . Ans.
296 MECHANICS
Example 21. You may have seen in a circus a motorcyclist The complete loop,
driving in vertical loops inside a ‘death well’ (a hollow spherical
chamber with holes, so the spectators can watch from outside).
Explain clearly why the motorcyclist does not drop down when he mv 2
N ³ 0 or - mg ³ 0
is at the uppermost point, with no support from below. What is the r
minimum speed required at the uppermost position to perform a
vertical loop if the radius of the chamber is 25 m? [NCERT] v ³ gr
Sol. If N is the normal reaction from ceiling then,
mv 2
N + mg = vmin = gr = 9.8 ´ 25 = 15.65 m/s
r
mv 2
or N= – mg
r

In Chapter Exercise 6.2

1. A weightless rod of length l carries first a mass 2 m at its 2. A mass m is released from the top of a vertical circular
end and then two equal masses m, one secured at the end track of radius r with a horizontal speed v0. Calculate the
and other in the middle of the rod (figure). The rod can angle q with respect to the vertical where it leaves contact
revolve in a vertical plane around the point A. What with the track.
horizontal velocity must be imparted to the end of the
rod C in the first and second cases to deflect it to the év 2 2ù
horizontal position ? Ans. q = cos–1 ê 0 + ú
ëê 3rg 3 ûú
A A
3. A small object slides without friction from the height
H = 50 cm
B
l m
B A
2a
H
C C
2m m
(I) (II)

12 gl and then loops, the vertical loop of radius R = 20 cm from

Ans. v1 = 2 gl , v 2 = which a symmetrical section of angle 2 a has been
5
removed. Find angle a such that after loosing at A flying
through the air, the object will reach point B.
Ans. a = 60°.

6.14 RELATIVE ANGULAR VELOCITY

1. Suppose two particles P 1 and P 2 are moving with speeds v 1 and v 2 as shown
in figure 6.39.
MISCELLANEOUS TOPICS

Figure. 6.39
 Circular Motion 297
We wish to find angular velocity of particle 2 with respect to 1. It is ;
r r r
w 21 = w 2 - w1
v^ 2 - v^1
or w21 =
r
é v2 sin q2 - v1 sin q1 ù
or w21 = ê ú ....... (1)
ë r û
r r
2. Consider two particles P1and P2 which are moving with velocities v1 and v 2 . At an instant their
r r
position vectors are r1 and r2 relative to the origin. Let q be the angle between their position
r
vectors, then angular velocity w of P2 with respect to P1 is given by
r r r r r
v 2 - v1 = w ´ (r2 - r1 )
r r r r r r r r r
or (r2 - r1 ) ´ ( v 2 - v1 ) = (r2 - r1 ) ´ {w ´ (r2 - r1 )}
By using vector triple product, we can write
r r r r r r r r
(r2 - r1 ) ´ ( v 2 - v1 ) = {(r2 - r1 ).(r2 - r1 )}
r r r r r r
w - {(r2 - r1 ).w}(r2 - r1 ) ....... (1)
r r r
As w is perpendicular to the plane of r2 - r1 ,
r r r
\ {(r2 - r1 ).w } = 0 Figure. 6.40
r r r r r r 2
and {(r2 - r1 ).(r2 - r1 )} = (r2 - r1 )
Now equation (1) becomes
r r r r
r (r2 - r1 ) ´ ( v 2 - v1 )
w = r r 2 . ...... (2)
r2 - r1

If ĥ is the unit vector perpendicular to the plane of the motion, then

r r r r r r r r r
w = r2 ´ v 2 + r1 ´ v1 - r2 ´ v1 - r1 ´ v 2 .... (3)
r r 2
r2 - r1
For particles on circular paths,
r r
r2 ´ v 2 = r2 v2 sin 90 ° hˆ = r2 v2 h
ˆ
r r
and r1 ´ v1 = r1v1 sin 90 ° h ˆ.
ˆ = r1v1 h
r r
r2 ´ v1 = r2 v1 sin(90 ° + q ) hˆ = r2 v1 cos q hˆ
r r
and r1 ´ v 2 = r1v2 sin(90 ° - q ) hˆ = r1v2 cos q hˆ

é r2 v 2 + r1 v1 - (r2 v1 + r1 v 2 ) cos q ù
\ w =ê ú hˆ . ...(4)
êë r12 + r22 – 2r1r2 cos q úû
Special cases
1. When P2 is nearest to P1, q = 0° and eq(4) reduces to,
v2 - v1
w = .
r2 - r1
2. When P2 is farthest to P1, q = 180° and cos q = –1
v2 + v1
\ w = .
r2 + r1
3. For w to be zero,
é v2 r2 + v1r1 ù
cos q = ê ú.
ë v1r2 + v2 r1 û Figure. 6.41
298 MECHANICS
EXAMPLES FOR JEE-(MAIN AND ADVANCE)

Example 1. Two particles A and B are moving as shown in Example 3. A table with smooth horizontal surface is turning
figure 6.42. At this moment of time, find the angular speed of A at an angular speed w about its axis. A groove is made on the
relative to B. surface along a radius and a particle is gently placed inside the
groove at a distance a from the centre. Find the speed of the particle
Sol. We know that
with respect to the table as its distance from the center becomes b.
[v AB ] y = vAy – vBy
Sol. In a turning table the force along the radius of the table is the
= vA sin qA – vB sin qB
centrifugal force. Thus the acceleration of a particle when it is at a
[v AB ] y distance x from the centre is
and w =
AB
a = w2 x
é v A sin q A - vB sin q B ù dv
= ê
ë r úû or v = w2 x
dx
in clockwise direction.
or v dv = w2 x dx
Integrating above equation, we get

v b

ò v dv = òw
2
x dx Figure. 6.44
0 a

v b
v2 2 x2
= w
2 2
0 a

2
or v 2 = w (b2 – a2)
Figure. 6.42
\ v = w b2 - a2 . Ans.
As there is no separation between the velocity component along
x-axis, thus there is no specific rotation due to (vAB) x = vA cos q A – Example 4. A metal ring of mass m and radius R is placed on a
vBcos q B . smooth horizontal table and is set rotating about its own axis in
such a way that each part of the ring moves with a speed v. Find the
Example 2. A horizontal disc rotates with a constant angular
tension in the ring
velocity w = 6.0 rad/s about a vertical axis passing through its
centre. A small body of mass m = 0.50 kg moves along a diameter of
Sol.
the disc with a velocity v = 50 cm/s which is constant relative to the Take a small part of the ring which subtends an angle Dq at the centre of
disc. Find the force that the disc exerts on the body at the moment the ring. Let T be the tension in the ring. The forces act on this part in the
when it is located at the distance r = 30 cm from the rotation axis. plane of rotation are shown in figure 6.45 The mass of the small part of
Sol. The body will experience three mutually perpendicular forces in ring
the rotating table.
m
Dm = Dq .
2p

Dq
The centripetal force on this part is 2Tsin .
2

Figure. 6.43
(a) Centrifugal force m w2 r.
(b) Normal reaction N = mg.
(c) Coriolis force 2m w v.

The resultant force = (mw2 r )2 + ( mg ) 2 + (2mwv )2

= 8N Ans. Figure. 6.45
 Circular Motion 299
By Newton’s second law, we have
mw 2 l
At x = 0, T = Tmax = .
2
Dq Dmv 2
2T sin = .
2 R
l 3mw 2 l
As Dq is small, At x= , T = .
2 8
Dq Dq
\ sin ; . Example 6. A conical pendulum, a thin uniform rod of length
2 2 l and mass m, rotates uniformly about a vertical axis with angular
The above equation reduces to, velocity w (the upper end of the rod is hinged). Find the angle q
between rod and the vertical.
æ Dq ö æ m ö v2 Sol. Choose an element of the rod of width dx at a distance x from the
2T ç ÷ = ç .Dq÷
è 2 ø è 2p ø R hinge.
m
Mass of the element, dm = dx. The centrifugal force on this element
mv 2 l
or T = . Ans.
2pR dF = (dm) w2 (x sin q ).

Example 5. A thin uniform rod of length l and mass m rotates

uniformly with an angular velocity w in a horizontal plane about
a vertical axis passing through one of its ends. Determine the
tension in the rod as a function of the distance x from the rotation
axis.

Figure. 6.47
Figure. 6.46 Its moment of force about the hinge
Sol. Choose a small element of width dx at a distance x from one end of dt = dF × x cos q

m = (dm) w2 (x sin q ) (x cos q )

the rod. The mass of the element dm = dx. Let T be the tension in the
l æm ö æ sin 2q ö
= ç dx÷ w 2 x2 ç ÷
rod at a distance x. By Newton’s second law for the motion of element of èl ø è 2 ø
mass dm, we have
mw 2
2 = sin 2 q x2 dx ....(i)
T – (T + dT) = (dm) w x 2l
For the moment of force of whole length of rod, integrating (i)
æm ö
or – dT = ç dx÷ w2 x l
èl ø mw 2
òx
2
t = sin 2 q dx
Integrating above equation, we get 2l
0

0 l
mw2 mw 2 l2
- ò dT =
l ò
x dx = sin 2q. ....(ii)
6
T x
In the rotating frame, apart from other forces the centrifugal force also
r
or - | T |T0 =
mw2 2 l
| x |x
act. For rotational equilibrium of the rod, we have t = 0. å
2l Taking moment of all forces about hinge and putting their algebraic sum
zero, we get
mw 2 2
or – (0 – T) = (l - x 2 ) l mwl 2
2l mg sin q = sin 2 q
2 6
mw 2 2 3g
or T = (l - x 2 ) Ans. or cos q = . Ans.
2l 2w 2 l
300 Mechanics

Mechanics
MCQ Type 1 Exercise 6.1
Level - 1 (Only one option correct)
Motion in Horizontal Circle 6. A particle P is moving in a circle of radius ‘a’ with a uniform
speed v. C is the centre of the circle and AB is a diameter.
1. Which of the following statements is false for a particle
When passing through B the angular velocity of P about A
moving in a circle with a constant angular speed ?
and C are in the ratio:
(a) the velocity vector is tangent to the circle (a) 1 : 1 (b) 1 : 2
(b) the acceleration vector is tangent to the circle (c) 2 : 1 (d) 4 : 1
(c) the acceleration vector points to the centre of the circle 7. A point mass m is suspended from a light thread of length
(d) the velocity and acceleration vectors are perpendicular l, fixed at O, is whirled in a horizontal circle at constant
to each other speed as shown. From your point of view, stationary with
2. If the equation for the displacement of a particle moving respect to the mass, the forces on the mass are
on a circular path is given by (θ) = 2t3 + 0.5, where θ is O
in radian and t in second, then the angular velocity of the
particle after 2 s from its start is:
(a) 8 rad/s (b) 12 rad/s l
(c) 24 rad/s (d) 36 rad./s
3. The angular speed of seconds needle in a mechanical watch m
is
T T
π
(a) rad/s (b) 2π rad/s
30
60
(c) π rad/s (d) rad/s (a) F (b)
π
4. The length of second’s hand in a watch is 1 cm. The change
in velocity of its tip in 15 seconds is: W W
π T T
(a) zero (b) cm/s
30 2
π π 2 (c) F (d)
F
(c) cm/s (d) cm/s F
30 30
5. A particle is going in a spiral path as shown in figure, with
W
constant speed. W

8. What is the value of linear velocity, if ω = 3ˆi − 4ˆj + kˆ and

r = 5ˆi − 6ˆj + 6kˆ

6ˆi + 2ˆj − 3kˆ

(a) (b) −18ˆi − 13ˆj + 2kˆ

(c) 4ˆi − 13ˆj + 6kˆ (d) 6ˆi − 2ˆj + 8kˆ

(a) The velocity of particle is constant 9. A particle moves along a circle of radius R with constant
(b) The acceleration of particle is constant angular velocity w. Its displacement magnitude in time t
(c) The magnitude of acceleration is constant is :
(d) The magnitude of acceleration is increasing (a) wt (b) 2R sin wt
continuously ωt
(c) 2R cos wt (d) 2R sin
2
Answer 1 (b) 2 (c) 3 (a) 4 (d) 5 (c)
Key 6 (b) 7 (c) 8 (b) 9 (d)
 Circular Motion 301
10. Two bodies are moving in concentric orbits of radii 2cm and 16. A particle of mass m is moving in a horizontal circle of
4 cm such that their time periods are the same. The ratio of radius R with uniform speed v. When it moves from one
their centripetal accelerations is : point to a diametrically opposite point, its:
1 1 (a) momentum does not change
(a) (b) (b) momentum changes by 2 mv
2 8
(c) 2 (d) 4 1 2
(c) kinetic energy changes by mv
11. A body is revolving with a constant speed along a circular 2
path. If the direction of its velocity is reversed, keeping (d) kinetic energy changes by mv2
speed unchanged, then 17. A wheel is subjected to uniform angular acceleration about
(a) the centripetal force does not suffer any change in its axis. Initially its angular velocity is zero. In the first 2s, it
magnitude and direction both rotates through an angle θ1. In the next 2s, it rotates through
(b) the centripetal force does not suffer any change in θ
an additional angle θ2. The ratio of 2 is :
magnitude but its direction is reversed θ1
(c) the centripetal force disappears (a) 1 (b) 2
(d) centripetal force will be doubled (c) 3 (d) 5
12. A particle of mass m rotates with a uniform angular speed 18. An object moves at a constant speed along a circular path
ω. It is viewed from a frame rotating about the z-axis with in a horizontal xy plane, with the centre at the origin. When
a uniform angular velocity ω0. The centrifugal force on the the object is at x = −2m, its velocity is − ( 4m/s ) ˆj. What is
particle is: the object's acceleration when it is y = 2m

mω02 r
mω2r (b)
(a) − ( 8m/s 2 ) ˆj (b)
(a) − ( 8m/s 2 ) ˆi

− ( 4m/s 2 ) ˆj (d)
( 4m/s2 ) ˆi
2
 ω + ω0  (c)
(c) m  a (d) zero
 2  19. A rod of length 1 m rotates about the z-axis passing through
13. For a particle in a non-uniform acceleration circular motion the point O in the xy- plane with an angular velocity of ω =
(a) velocity is radial and acceleration is transverse only 10 (rad / s) + 5 (rad / s2)t, in the counter clockwise direction,
(b) velocity is transverse and acceleration is radial only and O is at rest the velocity and acceleration of point A, at
(c) velocity is radial and acceleration has both radial and t = 0, are :
transverse components
(d) velocity is transverse and acceleration has both radial
and transverse components
14. A particle moves in a circular path with decreasing speed.
Choose the correct statement?
(a) angular momentum remains constant (a) – 10 ĵ m/s and (5 ĵ – 100 î ) m/s2

(b) acceleration ( a ) is towards the centre (b) 10 ĵ m/s and (5 ĵ – 100 î ) m/s2
(c) particle moves in a spiral path with decreasing radius
(c) – 10 k̂ m/s and (5 k̂ – 100 ĵ ) m/s2
(d) the direction of angular momentum remains constant
15. A car is travelling with linear velocity v on a circular road (d) – 10 ĵ m/s and (– 5 ĵ + 100 î ) m/s2
of radius R. If its speed is decreasing at the rate a m/s2, 20. A mass is supported on a frictionless horizontal surface. It
then the net acceleration will be is attached to a string and rotates about a fixed centre at an
angular velocity w0. If the length of the string and angular
v2 v2
(a) + a (b) −a velocity are double, the tension in the string which was
R R
initially T0 is now
2 2 T0
 v2   v2  (a) T0 (b)
(c)   + a 2 (d)
  − a2 2
 R  R
    (c) 4 T0 (d) 8 T0

Answer 10 (a) 11 (a) 12 (b) 13 (d) 14 (d) 15 (c)

Key 16 (b) 17 (c) 18 (a) 19 (d) 20 (d)
302 Mechanics
21. A stone of mass of 16 kg is attached to a string 144 m long (a) 30° (b) 90°
and is whirled in a horizontal circle. The maximum tension (c) 45° (d) 60°
the string can with stands is 16 newton. The maximum
velocity of revolution that can be given to the stone without Motion in Vertical Circle
breaking it, will be 28. A particle is fixed to one end of a massless rod of length
(a) 200 m/s (b) 16 m/s l and rotated in a vertical circle about its other end. The
minimum speed of the particle at its highest point must be
(c) 14 m/s (d) 12 m/s
(a) gl (b) 1.5gl
22. If a cyclist moving with a speed of 4.9 m/s on a level road
take a sharp circular turn of radius 4 m, then coefficient of (c) 2gl (d) zero
friction between the cycle tyres and road is 29. A sphere is suspended by thread of length l. What minimum
horizontal velocity has to be imparted to the ball for it to
(a) 0.41 (b) 0.51
reach the height of suspension?
(c) 0.61 (d) 0.71
(a) ( gl ) (b) ( 2gl )
23. A vehicle is moving with a velocity v on a curved road of (c) 2 gl (d) gl
width b and radius of curvature R. For counteracting the
30. A simple pendulum of length l is oscillating with amplitude
centrifugal force on the vehicle, the difference in elevation
θ. At some instant it makes angle θ with the vertical, its
required in between the outer and inner edge of the road is
speed of the bob is v. The acceleration of bob will be
v 2b vb
(a) (b)
Rg Rg 

vb 2
vb
(c) (d)
Rg R2 g
24. One end of a string of length l is connected to a particle of
mass m and the other to a small peg on a smooth horizontal v
table. If the particle moves in a circle with speed v, the net (a) g sin q (b) g tan q
force on the particle (directed towards the centre) is 2
2 v2  v2
mv 2 (c) ( g sin θ ) +   (d)
T (b)
(a) T−
l  l  l
31. The string of a pendulum of length l is displaced through 90°
mv 2
T+
(c) (d) zero from the vertical and released Then the minimum strength of
l
the string in order to withstand the tension as the pendulum
25. A particle describes a horizontal circle in a conical funnel passes through the mean position is:
whose inner surface is smooth with speed of 0.5 m/s. What (a) mg (b) 3 mg
is the height of the plane of circle from vertex of the funnel (c) 5 mg (d) 6 mg
(a) 0.25 cm (b) 2 cm 32. A simple pendulum is oscillating without damping. When
(c) 4 cm (d) 2.5 cm the displacement of the bob is less than maximum its
26. A motor cyclist moving with a velocity of 72 km/h on a flat acceleration vector a is correctly shown in
road takes a turn on the road at a point where the radius of
curvature of the road is 20 m. The acceleration due to gravity
is 10 m/sec2. In order to avoid skidding, he must not bend (a) (b)
with respect to the vertical plane by an angle greater than
q = tan–16 (b)
(a) q = tan–12
–1
(c) q = tan–14
q = tan 25.92 (d)
27. A cyclist riding the bicycle at a speed of 14 3 ms −1 takes
(c) (d)
a turn around a circular road of radius 20 3 m without
skidding. Given g = 9.8 ms–2, what is his inclination to the
vertical?

Answer 21 (d) 22 (c) 23 (a) 24 (a) 25 (d) 26 (b)

Key 27 (d) 28 (d) 29 (b) 30 (c) 31 (b) 32 (c)
 Circular Motion 303
33. A particle is moving in a vertical circle. The tensions in 35. A can filled with water is revolved in a vertical circle of
the string when passing through two positions at angles radius 4 m and the water just does not fall down. The time
30° and 60° from vertical (lowest position) are T1 and T2 period of revolution will be
respectively. (a) 1 s (b) 10 s
(a) T1 = T2 (c) 8 s (d) 4 s
(b) T2 > T1 36. A 2 kg stone at the end of a string 1 m long is whirled in a
(c) T1 > T2 vertical circle at a constant speed. The speed of the stone
(d) tension in the string always remains the same is 4 m/s. The tension in the string will be 52 N, when the
34. A car is moving on a curved road with constant speed. If stone is
N1 and N2 are the reactions at A and B then: (a) at the top of the circle
(b) at the bottom of the circle
(c) halfway down
(d) none of the above
N1 < N2 (b)
(a) N1 > N2
N1 = N2
(c) (d) none

Answer Key 33 (c) 34 (a) 35 (d) 36 (b)

Level - 2 (Only one option correct)

Motion in Horizontal Circle (a) 16 m (b) 18 m

(c) 24.25 m (d) 30.5 m
1. A particle is moving along a circular path in the xy plane
4. A ball is held at rest in position A in figure by two light cords.
(see figure). When it crosses the x-axis, it has an acceleration
The horizontal cord is cut and the ball starts swinging as a
along the path of 1.5 m/s2, and is moving with a speed of
pendulum. The ratio of the tension in the supporting cord
10 m/s in the negative y-direction. The total acceleration in position B, to that in position A is
of the particle is :

(a) sin2θ (b) cos2θ

(a) 50 î - 1.5 ĵ m/s2 (b) - 50 î - 1.5 ĵ m/s2 (c) tan2θ (d) 1 : 1

(c) 10 î - 1.5 ĵ m/s2 (d) 1.5 î - 50 ĵ m/s2 5. When the angular velocity of a uniformly rotating body is
increased thrice, the resultant force applied to it increases
2. A tube of length L is filled completely with an incompressible by 60 N. If mass of body = 3 kg, the initial and final
liquid of mass M and closed at both the ends. The tube is accelerations are
then rotated in a horizontal plane about one of its ends with (a) 2.5 m/s2, 7.5 m/s2 (b) 7.5 m/s2, 22.5 m/s2
a uniform angular velocity w. The force exerted by the liquid
at the other end is : (c) 5 m/s2, 45 m/s2 (d) 2.5 m/s2, 22.5 m/s2
6. Two identical particles are attached at the ends of a light
MLω2
(a) MLω2
(b) string which passes through a hole at the centre of a table.
2 One of the particles is made to move in a circle on the table
MLω2 ML2 ω2 with angular velocity ω1 and the other is made to move in a
(c) (d) horizontal circle as a contact pendulum with angular velocity
4 2
3. Keeping the banking angle same to increase the maximum ω2. If 1 and 2 are the length of the string over and under
speed with which a vehicle can travel on a curved road, by the table, then in order that particle under the table neither
10% the radius of curvature of the road has to be changed 
moves down nor moves up the ratio 1 is:
from 20 m to 2
304 Mechanics

ω
(a) 1
ω2
ω2
(b) 
ω1

ω12
(c)
ω22 5r 5r
h<
(a) (b) h>
2 2
ω22 5r 5r
(d) (c) h= (d) h≥
ω12 2 2
11. In the system shown, the mass m = 2 kg oscillates in a
7. A car is moving in a circular horizontal track of radius 10 m
circular are of amplitude 60°. The minimum value of
with a constant speed of 10 m/s. A plumb bob is suspended
from the roof of the car by a light rigid rod of length 1 m. coefficient of friction between mass 8 kg and surface of
The angle made by the rod with track is table to avoid shipping is :

(a) zero (b) 30° 8 kg

(c) 45° (d) 60° 

Motion in Vertical Circle

2 kg
8. Figure shows a small mass connected to a string, which is
attached to a vertical post. If the ball is released when the (a) 0.25 (b) 0.50
string is horizontal as shown, the magnitude of the total (c) 0.40 (d) 0.60
acceleration of the mass as a function of the angle q is: 12. A body is tied up by a string of length l and rotated in
vertical circle at minimum speed. When it reaches at highest
[KVPY–2011]
point, string breaks and body moves on a parabolic path in
presence of gravity according to figure, in the plane of point
 A. The value of horizontal range AC is :
B V0

g sin q (b)
(a) g cos q

g 3cos 2 θ + 1 (d)
g 3sin 2 θ + 1
C
(c)
A

(a) AC = l (b) AC = 2l
9. A particle moves in a circle with a uniform speed when it
(c) AC = 2 (d) AC = 2 2 
goes from a point A to a diametrically opposite point B,
 
the momentum of particle changes by F − F = (8N) j ,
A B
13. A thin but rigid semicircular wire frame of radius r is hinged
at O and can rotate in its own vertical plane. A smooth peg
where i and j are unit vectors. Then the angular velocity
P starts from O and moves horizontally with constant speed
of the particle is :
v0, lifting the frame upward as shown in figure.
(a) 2 rad/s (b) 4 rad/s

4
(c) (d) 4p rad/s
π
Find the angular velocity ω of the frame when its diameter
10. A block follow the path as shown in the figure from height h.
makes an angle of 60° with the vertical :
If radius of circular path is r, then relation that holds good
to complete full circle is: (a) v0 / r (b) v0 / 2 r
(c) 2 v0 / r (d) none

Answer 1 (b) 2 (a) 3 (c) 4 (b) 5 (d) 6 (d) 7 (c)

Key 8 (d) 9 (b) 10 (d) 11 (b) 12 (b) 13 (a)
 Circular Motion 305

Mechanics
MCQ Type 2 Exercise 6.2
Multiple Options Correct 6. A body of mass 1 kg is attached to an inextensible string
1. A ball tied to a string is swung in a vertical circle. The of length 1 m, is made to rotate in vertical circle about the
physical quantities those are not remain constant: free end. When body is at its highest position, the tension
(a) speed of ball (b) centripetal force in the string is 10 N. Then
(c) tension in string (d) earth’s pull on ball (a) the tension in the string remains same for any position
2. A body is moving with a constant speed v in circle of of the body
radius r. (b) its velocity at highest position is 20 m/s
(a) its tangential acceleration is zero
(b) its normal acceleration is zero (c) its velocity at its lowest position is 50 m/s
(d) tension in the string at the lowest position of the body is
v2
(c) its normal acceleration is 70 N
r
7. A simple pendulum of length L and mass (bob) m is
v2 oscillating in a vertical plane about a vertical line between
(d) its total acceleration is
r angular limits -φ and +φ. For displacement θ{[θ] < φ},
3. Speed of a particle moving in a circle varies with time as, the tension in the string and velocity of bob are T and v
v = 2t. Then respectively. The following relations hold good under the
(a) angle between velocity vector and acceleration vector
above condition
is increasing with time.
(b) at is constant while ar is increasing with time (a) T cos θ = mg
(c) at is decreasing but ar is increasing mv 2
T − mg cos θ =
(b)
(d) both (a) and (b) are wrong L
As ar is increasing. Therefore θ will increase. (c) tangential acceleration = g sin θ
4. A car of mass m is moving on a horizontal circular path of (d) T = mg cosθ
radius r. At an instant its speed is v and is increasing at a 8. A simple pendulum is vibrating with an angular amplitude
rate a of 90° as shown in figure, then
(a) the acceleration of the car is towards the centre of the
path
(b) the magnitude of the frictional force on the car is
mv 2
greater than
r
(c) the friction coefficient between the ground and the car (a) θ = 0, acceleration directed downward
is not less than a/g (b) θ = 0, acceleration directed upward
(d) the friction coefficient between the ground and the car (c) θ = 90° acceleration directed downward
 v2   1 
is µ = tan −1   (d) θ = cos −1   , acceleration directed horizontal
 rg   3
5. Particle A moves with 4 m/s along positive y-axis and 9. A small sphere of mass m suspended by a thread is first
particle B in a circle x2 + y2 = 4 (anticlockwise) with taken aside so that the thread forms the right angle with
constant angular velocity ω = 2 rad/s. At time t = 0 particle the vertical and then released, then
is at (2m, 0). Then (a) total acceleration of sphere as a function of ε is
(a) magnitude of relative velocity between them at time t
g 1 + 3cos 2 θ
is (8 sin t)
(b) magnitude of relative velocity between them is (b) thread tension as a function of e is T =3mg cos θ
π (c) the angle θ between the thread and the vertical at
maximum at t = s the moment when the total acceleration vector of the
(c) magnitude of relative 4 velocity between them is
sphere is directed horizontally is cos −1 1/ 3
π
maximum at t = s (d) the thread tension at the moment when the vertical
2
(d) magnitude of relative velocity between them at time t component of the sphere's velocity is maximum will
is (8 sin 2t) be mg
Answer 1 (a, b, c) 2 (a, c, d) 3 (a, b) 4 (b, c) 5 (a, c)
Key 6 (b, d) 7 (b, c) 8 (b, c, d) 9 (a, b, c)
306 Mechanics
10. A horizontal cylinder is fixed, its inner surface is smooth (a) Normal force on particle by surface of cone is mg cos θ
and its radius is R. A small block is initially at the lowest (b) Normal force on particle by surface of cone is mg cosec θ
point. The minimum velocity that should be given to the (c) Time period of revolution of particle increase if θ
block at the lowest point, so that it can cross the point P is increase keeping h constant.
u, then; (d) Time period of revolution increase if h increase keeping
P θ fixed
12. The coordinates of a particle moving in a plane are given by
30° x ( t ) = a cos( pt ) and y ( t ) = b sin( pt ) where a, b(< a ) and
p are positive constants of appropriate dimensions. Then
(a) the path of the particle is an ellipse
(b) the velocity and acceleration of the particle are normal
u to each other at t = π / (2p)
(a) if the block moves anti-clockwise, then u = 3.5gR (c) the acceleration of the particle is always directed
towards a focus
(b) if the block moves anti-clockwise, then u = 3gR (d) the distance travelled by the particle in time interval
(c) if the block moves clockwise, then u = 3.5gR t = 0 to t = π / (2p) is a
13. A small ball is connected to a block by a light string of length
(d) if the block moves clockwise, u = 5gR
l. Both are initially on the ground. There is sufficient friction
11. A particle of mass m is moving in horizontal circle inside on the ground to prevent the block from slipping. The ball
a smooth inverted fixed vertical cone above height h from is projected vertically up with a velocity is, where 2gl < u2
apex. Angle of cone is θ then : < 3gl. The centre of mass of the block + ball system is C.
(a) C will move along a circle u
(b) C will move along a parabola
 h (c) C will move along a straight line
(d) The horizontal component of the velocity of the ball
will first increase and then decrease.

Answer Key 10 (b, d) 11 (b, c, d) 12 (a, b) 13 (a, d)

Mechanics
Reasoning Type Questions Exercise 1.3
Read the two statements carefully to mark the correct option out of the options given below:
(a) Statement - 1 is true, Statement - 2 is true; Statement - 2 is correct explanation for Statement - 1.
(b) Statement -1 is true, Statement - 2 is true; Statement - 2 is not correct explanation for Statement - 1.
(c) Statement - 1 is true, Statement - 2 is false.
(d) Statement - 1 is false, Statement - 2 is true

1. Statement - 1 3. Statement - 1
Force required to move a body uniformly along straight line Cream gets separated out of milk when it is churned, it is
is zero. due to centrifugal force only.
Statement - 2
Statement - 2
Centrifugal and gravitational forces play significant role to
The force required to move a body uniformly along a circle
separate cream from milk.
is zero.
4. Statement - 1
2. Statement - 1 As the frictional force increases, the safe velocity limit for
A cyclist always bends inwards while negotiating a curve. taking a turn on an unbanked road also increases.
Statement - 2 Statement - 2
By bending, cyclist lowers his center of gravity. Banking of roads will increase the value of limiting velocity.
 Circular Motion 307
5. Statement - 1 6. Statement - 1
The acceleration of a particle in uniform circular motion is If a body moving in a circular path has constant speed, then
constant in magnitude. there is no force acting on it.
Statement - 2 Statement - 2
The particle experiences centripetal force in uniform circular The direction of the velocity vector of a body moving in a
motion. circular path is changing:

Answer 1 (c) 2 (c) 3 (d)

Key 4 (b) 5 (b) 6 (d)

Mechanics
Passage & Matrix Exercise 6.4
Passages
Passage for (Questions. 1 to 3) (a) 40 N (b) 55 N
The bob of mass 1 kg of a pendulum of length 1 m at rest is given (c) 65 N (d) 75 N
a sharp hit to impart a horizontal velocity 10 m/s. (g = 10 m/s2) Passage for (Questions 4-6)
A pendulum bob can swing along a circular path on a smooth inclined
l = 1m plane, as shown in figure, where m = 1.2 kg, l = 0.75 m, θ = 37°. At
the lowest point of the circle the tension in the string is T = 110
u = 10 m/s N. Determine :
1. The tension in the string when, it is horizontal
(a) 20 N (b) 40 N
(c) 60 N (d) 80 N l
v0
2. The tension in the string, when the bob is its highest position m

(a) 20 N (b) 30 N
(c) 40 N (d) 50 N 4. The speed of the bob at the lowest point is
3. The tension in the string, when string makes 120° from the (a) 4.04 m/s (b) 8.02 m/s
vertical is (c) 10.20 m/s (d) 12.02 m/s
5. The speed of the bob at the height point on the circle is
(a) 6.83 m/s (b) 10.20 m/s
120°
(c) 12.02 m/s (d) zero
6. The tension in the string when bob is at the highest point is
(a) 40.80 N (b) 60. 50 N
(c) 64.32 N (d) 67.56 N

Matrix Matching
7. A particle moves in a circle of radius 1m at a speed of, v = 2t, where v is in m/s and t in second. Then match the columns :
Column - I Column - II
A. radial acceleration of the particle at t = 1s (p) 1 m/s2
B. tangential acceleration of the particle at t = 1 s (q) 2 m/s2
C. tangential acceleration of the particle at t = 2 s (r) 3 m/s2
D. total acceleration at t = 1 s (s) 4 m/s2
(t) 2 5 m/s2
308 Mechanics
8. A small block of mass 1 kg is connected to an inextinsible string of length 1 m and made to rotate in a vertical circle about the
free end of the string. The tension at the highest point of the block is 10 N. Then match the two columns; (g = 10 m/s2)
A

1m
C

B
Column - I Column - II
A. speed of block at A (p) 60 m/s
B. speed of block at B (q) 20 m/s
C. tension in string at B (r) 40 N
D. tension in string at C (s) 70 N
9.
A particle of 500 gm mass moves along a horizontal circle of radius 16 m such that normal acceleration of particle varies with time as
an = 9t2
Column I Column II
A. Tangential force on particle at t = 1 second (in newton) (p) 72
B. Total force on particle at t = 1 second (in newton) (q) 36
C. Power delivered by total force at t = 1 sec (in watt) (r) 7.5
D. Average power developed by total force over first one (s) 6
second (in watt)

Answer 1 (d) 2 (d) 3 (c) 4 (b) 5 (a) 6 (d)

Key 7 A→ s ; B → q ; C → q ; D → t 8 A→q;B→p;C→s;D→r 9 A→ s ; B → r; C → p ; D → q

Mechanics
Best of JEE-(Main & Advanced) Exercise 6.5
JEE- (Main) v2 v2
− sin θ iˆ + cos θ ˆj
(c)
1. A point P moves in circular-clockwise direction on a circular R R
path as shown in the figure. The movement of P is such that
v2 v2
it sweeps out a length s = t3 + 5, where s is in metre and t is − cos θ iˆ − sin θ ˆj
(d)
R R
in second. The radius of the path is 20 m. The acceleration
of P when t = 2s is nearly [AIEEE -2010] 3. A bob of mass m attached to an inextensible string of length
y l is suspended from a vertical support. The bob rotates in
B a horizontal circle with an angular speed w rad/s about the
P(x, y) vertical. About the point of suspension: [JEE-Main 2014]
(a) angular momentum is conserved.
m

(b) angular momentum changes in magnitude but not in

20

O A
x direction.
(c) angular momentum changes in direction but not in
(a) 14 m/s2 (b) 13 m/s2 magnitude.
(c) 12 m/s2 (d) 7.2 m/s2 (d) angular momentum changes both in direction and
magnitude.
2. For a particle in uniform circular motion, the acceleration
a at a point P (R, θ) on the circle of radius R is (here θ is JEE- (Advanced)
measured from the x-axis) [AIEEE–2010] 4. In insect crawls up a hemispherical surface very slowly. The
2 2 coefficient of friction between the insect and the surface
v v ˆ
(a) iˆ + j 1
R R is . If the line joining the centre of the hemispherical
3
v2 v2 surface to the insect makes an angle α with the vertical,
− cos θ iˆ + sin θ ˆj
(b)
R R the maximum possible value of α is given by
 Circular Motion 309
[IIT-JEE-2001] 7. A ball of mass (m) 0.5 kg is attached to the end of a string
C having length (L) 0.5 m. The ball is rotated on a horizontal
 circular path about vertical axis. The maximum tension that
the string can bear is 324 N. The maximum possible value
of angular velocity of ball (in radian/s) is [IIT-JEE 2011]

(a) cot α = 3 (b) tan α = 3

(c) sec α = 3 (d) cosec α = 3 L
5. A bob of mass M is suspended by a massless string of length
L. The horizontal velocity v at position A is just sufficient to
make it reach the point B. The angle θ at which the speed m
of the bob is half of that at A, satisfies [IIT-JEE - 2008] (a) 9 (b) 18
π (c) 27 (d) 36
(a) θ=
4
8. A wire, which passes through the hole in a small bead, is bent
π π
(b) < θ < in the form of quarter of a circle. The wire is fixed vertically
4 2
on ground as shown in the figure. The bead is released from
π 3π near the top of the wire and it slides along the wire without
(c) < θ <
2 4 friction. As the bead moves from A to B, the force it applies
3π on the wire is [JEE Advance 2014]
(d) < θ < π
4
A
6. A small block is shot into each of the four tracks as shown
below. Each of the track rises to the same height. The speed
with which the block enters the track is the same in all
cases. At the highest point of the track, the normal reaction
is maximum in: [IIT-JEE -2010]
90°
B

(a) (b)
(a) always radially outwards
(b) always radially inwards
(c) radially outwards initially and radially inwards later
(c) (d)
(d) radially inwards initially and radially outwards later

Answer 1 (a) 2 (d) 3 (c) 4 (a)

Key 5 (c) 6 (a) 7 (d) 8 (d)
310 Mechanics

In Chapter Exercise
In Chapter Exercise -6.1 5. For circular motion of the particle
N
mv 2
1. Earth revolve an angle 2π radian in 365 days. N sin α =
\ Angle revolve by earth in 2 days, r r 
2π and N cos α = mg
θ = ×2 h
365 v2 
\ tan a = mg
= 0.0344 rad Ans. rg
2. Given r = 50 cm.
(i) Angular acceleration, or v = ( r tan α ) g

ω2 − ω1
α = = hg = 0.098 × 9.8
= 0.98 m/s
∆t 6. t = πR/v = 2u sin θ /g ...(i)
2π ( n2 − n1 ) 2π ( 400 − 100 ) and (ucosθ) t = 2R ...(ii)
= =
∆t 5 from (i) and (ii),
π
= rad / s 2 u = 20 m/s
u
30
(ii) Linear acceleration,
a = αr

π 5π
B
= × 50 = cm / s 2 A 2R
30 3 7. Given, 2
φ = at .
3. Normal acceleration of the particle
dφ d 2φ
ac = ω2r = 22 × 0.4 = 1.6 m/s 2 Angular velocity, ω = = 2at ;=
α = 2a.
dt dt 2
Tangential acceleration of the particle,
We know that v = ωr
at = αr = 5 × 0.4 = 2 m/s 2 or v = ( 2at ) r
v 0.65
\ r =
= = 0.65 m
a 2at 2 × 0.2 × 2.5
 a Tangential acceleration at = αr
t

an = 2ar = 2 × 0.20 × 0.65

= 0.26 m/s2
v2
Normal acceleration ac =
r
Resultant acceleration,
0.652
a = ac 2 + at 2 = = 0.65 m/s 2
0.65
= 1.62 + 22 =
2.6 m/s 2 Ans. Total acceleration a = at 2 + ac 2 =
0.7 m/s 2
a 1.6
tan q = c= = 0.8; θ= 38°40' Ans. 8. The mass of the element of width dx,
at 2
m
4. If  1 and  2 are the lengths of the parts OB and AO dm = dx
L
respectively, then for same tension in both the threads we By Newton′s second law, we
F F+dF
can write can write x
2 dx
T = m ω 1 ...(i)
and T = M ω2 2 ...(ii) ( F + dF ) − F = ( dm ) ω2 x
1 M
\ = m  2
2 m or dF =  dx  ω x
L 
1 9
or = = 3 ...(i) mω2
L
2 3 or ∫ ( dF ) = L ∫ xdx
Also 1 +  2 = 1 ...(ii) 0
From equations, we get mω2 L
1 = 0.75 m and 2 = 0.25 m Ans. F = Ans.
2
 Circular Motion 311
9. For the tangential motion of the particles, relative speed In second case, if v2 is the velocity given to mass at C, then
ur = v − v = 0 v
velocity of mass at B will be 2 . Thus by conservation of
2
and ar = ( aθ − 0 ) =
aθ mechanical energy, we have
2
The relative separation s = π R. 1 1  v2  
From second equation of motion, mv2 2 + m 
 = mg  + mg
2 2  2 2
1
s = ur t + ar t 2 v
12
2 \ v2 = g Ans.
1 5
πR = 0 + aθt 2 2. The speed of the particle after falling vertical height h can
2 v
2πR be calculated as;
\ t =
aθ 1 2 1
mv = mv0 2 + mgh
2πR 5πR 2 2
= = Ans. 2
 72 v 2  6v \ v2 = v0 + 2 gh ...(i)
 
 25 Rπ  r−h
10. For M to be stationary Geometrically, cos q = ...(ii)
r
T = Mg ...(i) Now by Newton's second law, we have
For the circular motion of m, we have
mv 2
T sin θ = mω2 r = mω2 sin θ mg cos θ − N = ...(iii)
r
or T = mω2 ...(ii) v0
N
 h
 
r v
T  mg
r 

T
To leave the contact, N = 0
mg After solving above equations, we get
M
 v0 22
Mg cos q =  +  Ans.
From equations (i) and (ii), we get  3rg 3 
Mg 3. If v is the velocity of the object at A, then by conservation
ω = Ans.
m
of mechanical energy, we have
11. To prevent overturning of the vehicle, we have
1 2
rga mv + mg ( R + R cos α ) = mgH ...(i)
v ≤ 2
h
1.7
The range AB = 2 R sin α
Here r = 50 m,=
a = 0.85 m
2 v 2 sin 2α
and h = 1m. = ...(ii)
g
50 × 9.8 × 0.85
\ v = = 20.40 m/s After solving equations and substituting the given values,
1
we get
In Chapter Exercise -6.2 v
1. For the first case, by conservation of mechanical energy, B A
we have H 
1 (R+R cos)
( 2m ) v12 = ( 2m ) g
2
\ v1 = 2g α = 60°

Exercise 6.1 Level -1

1. (b) For a particle with constant speed, the acceleration θ 2π π
3. (a) w = = = rad/s.
vector tends towards centre of the path. t 60 30
dθ d (2t 3 + 0.5) 4. (d) v
Dv = 2= 2 ωr
2. (c) w = =
dt dt
 2π  π 2
3 × 2t 2= 6(2)2= 24 rad / s
= = 2   × 1 = cm/s
 60  30
312 Mechanics
5. (c) As its speed is constant and so its acceleration is also 1
constant. and q1 + q2 = α(4)2 =
4θ1 ,
A 2
6. (b) From the geometry of the figure, the
angle traverses about A and C are θ ∴ q2 = 3q1

and 2θ respectively. So v 2 (4)2
18. (a) an == = 8 m/s 2 , 
C
v
θ 2θ r 2

2
an
ω A = and ωC = = 2ω A .
t t P along negative z-axis.
 o
7. (c) In a frame attached to the mass, there are three forces = 10(− ˆj=
19. (d) At t = 0, ω ) –10 ˆj rad/s .
on it, these are tension of string in the string and cen- d ω d (10 + 5t )
trifugal force. =
α = = 5 rad/s 2
   dt dt
8. (b) v = ω× r = (3iˆ – 4 ˆj + kˆ) × (5iˆ – 6 ˆj + 6kˆ)
∴ at = αr = 5 × 1 = 5 m/s 2
= –18iˆ –13 ˆj + 2kˆ
Q an = ω2 r= 102 × 1= 100 m/s 2
ωt
9. (d) PQ = R sin ×2  R 
2 ∴ a = (−5 ˆj + 100iˆ) m/s 2
ωt P
O
ωt 20. (d) T0 = mω2 r ,
= 2R sin .
2 and T = m(2ω)2 × 2r =
8T0 .
10. (a) As time periods are same and so
mv 2
21. (d) T =
a ω2 r1 r1 2 1 r
1 = = = = .
a2 ω2 r2 r2 4 2 16v 2
or ⇒ v = 12 m/s.
16 =
144
mv
11. (a) Centripetal force, . So Fx remains as such, 22. (c) v= µrg ,
v is either positive or negative. v2 4.92
12. (b) The centrifugal force on the particle ∴ = = 0.61
µ =
rg 42× 9.8
= mass × acceleration of the frame h v
23. (a) tan q = = ,
= m × ω02 r b Rg
v 2b
= mω02 r ∴ h = .
Rg
13. (d)
14. (d) For a particle moving with decreasing speed, it must 24. (a) It has the centripetal force, which is equal to the tension
have a torque along axis of rotation. Direction of mo- in the string (T).
mentum will not change. v mv 2
2
25. (d) N sin θ = 
v r
15. (c) Centripetal acceleration, an = an N 
R and N cos q = mg r
2
v h
∴ tan q =
an2 + at2
mg
Total acceleration,=a at rg

2 h v2
 v2  or =
=   + a2 r rg
 R
 
v 2 0.52
     ∴ h = = = 2.5 cm
16. (b) ∆P = Pf − Pi = −mv − mv g 10
∴ DP = 2mv 5
26. (b) v = 72 × 20 m/s
=
v 18
v2 202
tan q=
= = 2
rg 20 × 10
–v
v2 (14 3)2
1 27. (d) tan q = = = 3
17. (c) q1 = α(2)2 , rg 20 3 × 9.8
2
or θ = 60°
 Circular Motion 313
28. (d) As rod is a rigid body and so at the highest point, there
can not be any slag in the rod even for compression in
the rod. So at the point the minimum velocity can be
zero. an
29. (b) By conservation of mechanical energy, we can write a
1
mv 2=
+ 0 mg ( 2 ) + 0
2 at

or v = 2g 33. (c)

30. (c) The centripetal acceleration at the instant, 

v2
an = T

Tangential acceleration 
at – g sin q mg
Total acceleration
mv 2
T = mgcos θ +
2 R
 v2  2
at
= an2 + at2 =   + ( g sin θ ) T will be greater when cos θ is greater.
   cos θ will be greater when θ is small.
 
mv 2
31. (b) 34. (a) mg – N =
R

mv 2
or N = mg −
T R
v
As RB > RA, and so NB > NA .
mg 35. (d) mw2r = mg
The velocity of bob at lowest position, g
or w =
v = 2g r
At lowest position, T – mg = mv2/  r 4
∴ T = 2π = 2π = 4s
g 9.8
mv 2
T mg +
or = 36. (b) At the bottom of the circle

2g mv 2
= mg + m × = 3 mg T = mg +
 r

32. (c) At this stage, it has two accelerations, an and at, so its 2 × 42
= 2 × 10 +
resultant will be like as shown in figure. 1
= 52 N.

Exercise 6.1 Level -2

∴ r' = 24.25 m.
v 2 102
1. (b) a=
n = = 50 m/s 2 , along negative x-axis. 4. (b) At position A,
r 2
 TA cos q = mg,
so a = −50iˆ − 1.5 ˆj m/s 2 and at position B,
 
TA TB
2. (a) Assume the total mass of the fluid at the centre of mass, TB = mg cos q
which is at a distance of L/2 from the axis of rotation. TB
L ∴ = cos2 q.
F = mω2 r = mω2 . TA mg mg
so
2
v 2 v '2 5. (d) Given, F= mω2 r ...(i)
3. (c) tan q = =
rg r ' g 2
and F + 60 = m ( 3ω) r
2 2
v (1.1v)
or
20 g
=
r'g ( )
= 9 mω2 r ...(ii)
314 Mechanics
From above equations, we get 9. (b) 2mv = 2 …(i)
F + 60 = 90 F 2
mv
or F = 7.5 N and 2 = 8 …(ii)
Initial acceleration = ω2r r
= F/m v
From above equations, = 4 rad/s
7.5 r
= = 2.5 m/s2
3 10. (d) At the bottom of the track, the speed needed
Final acceleration = (3ω2)r u = 5gr .
= 9 × ω2r
1
= 9 × 2.5 = 22.5 m/s2 mghmin =
Thus mu 2
6. (d) For the particle on the table 2
T = mω12 1 1 5r
= m × 5 gr , or hmin = .
2 2
T
5r
Thus to complete the circle h ≥ ,
 2
T
r 11. (b) Velocity of the bob at mean position,
v = 2 g ( −  cos 60°)
For the particle under the table mv 2
T sin q = mω22 r Now T – 2g =

= mω22  2 sin θ and T = m × 8 g

or T = mω22  2 After solving we get m = 0.50.

∴ mω12 1 = mω22  2 1 
12. (b) 2l = gt 2 , \ t = 2
2 g
1 ω 2
or = 2 . 
2 ω12 Now AC = v0t = g × 2 = 2l.
g
v2 102
7. (c) tan θ  = = 1
x r
or rg 10q = × 10 13. (a) =
45° sin 2θ sin(90 − θ)
8. (d) at = g sin (90°– q) = g cos q ⇒ x = 2r sin θ
v= 2gh = 2 gl sin θ dx dθ
\ = 2r cos θ×
v 2
2 gl sin θ dt dt
\ ac = = = 2g sin q
l l dθ dx / dt v0 v0
= = =
2 2 2 dt 2r cos θ 2r cos 60° r
a = ac=
+ at g 3sin θ + 1 .

Exercise 6.2
1. (a, b, c) 3. (a, b)
Because of gravitational force, speed of the ball dv
at = = 2= constant
continuously changes and so centripetal force and dt
tension in the string. v
at
2. (a, c, d) 2 
v
Body moving with constant speed, ar = 
R
v2 a ar
at = 0, and ac =
r As v increasing, therefore ar is increasing.
a
2 tan θ = r
 v2  at
∴ a = ac2 +=
at2   +0
2
 r  mv 2
4. (b, c) Ft = ma and Fc =
r
v2
= . mv 2
r ∴ F frictional force =
= Fc2 + Ft2 > .
r
 Circular Motion 315

Ft ma a At any angular position θ, h = l cos q

µ tan=
Also = θ = = . ∴ v2 = 2gl cos q
mg mg g
5. (a, c) vB = Rω = 4m/s v 2 2 g  cos θ
ac =
= = 2 g cos θ
θ = ωt = 2t r 
y and at = g sin q
vB
a
Thus tan q = c
2t
at
x
sin θ 2 g cos θ
or =
cos θ g sin θ

'B' or 2cos2 q = sin2 q

 = 1 – cos2 q
At time t : v A = 4ˆj

v B = (−4sin 2t ˆi + 4 cos 2t ˆj) ∴ cos q = 1 .

v AB (4sin 2t )ˆi + 4(1 − cos 2t )ˆj
∴ = 3
A
∴ v AB= 4 1 + 1 − 2 cos 2t = (8 sin t) 9. (a, b, c)
ar
π
vAB is maximum at t = L
2 v1
6. (b, d) B

At the highest position, we have C

mv 2 at
T1 + mg = 1  v2
r
1
1× v12 Between A and B, mgL cos θ = mvB2
or 10 + 1 × 10 = 2
1
∴ v1 = 20 m / s . \ vB2 2 gL cos θ
=
At the lowest position,
B v2
v22 = v12 + 2 gh Now, a=
r = 2 g cos θ
L
= 20 + 2 × 10 × 2 = 60 and at = g sin q
mv22
∴ T2 = mg + \ a = at2 + ar2 = g 1 + 3cos 2 θ
r
1× 60 mvB2
= 1× 10 + 70 N
= Now, at B : TB − mg cos θ =
1 L
7. (b,c) For 0 < f, v ≠ 0 Put vB ⇒ TB = 3mg cos q
mv 2 When total acceleration vector directed horizontally
T – mg cos q =
r T at g sin θ 1
mv 2 tan(90° − θ=
) = = tan θ
or T = mg cos θ + . ar 2 g cos θ 2
L  1
Also at = g sin q. mg On solving, θ =cos −1
3
v2 10. (b, d) When block projected anticlockwise
8. (b, c, d) At q = 90° , v = 0, ∴ a=
n = 0,
r h = R + R sin 30° = 3 R/2
and at = g sin 90° = g.
If u is the velocity to reach the point P, then
3R
  cos  u = 2gh = 2g × =3 gR .
an 2
a Therefore to cross point P, u > 3gR
at 11. (b, c, d)
316 Mechanics
12. (a, b) circle. The centre of mass of the system lies some
x where on the string. Thus
x = a cos pt, ∴ cos pt = .
a v
vH
y 1 2 1
and y = b sin pt, ∴ sin pt = mv + mgl sin q = mu2 
b 2 2 
x2 y2 v = v sin q u 
Now + = cos 2 pt + sin 2 pt =
1, H
2 2
a b
it represents an ellipse. = sin q u 2 − 2 g  sin θ

After calculation, we find a.v = 0 .
dvT u2
13. (a, d) For maxm vT, = 0 , which gives sin q = .
As the block does not move the ball moves along a dθ 3 g

Exercise 6.3
1. (c) Body moving along a straight line, will have zero
4. (b) v= µrg , if m increases, v also increases.
acceleration, and so force needed, F = 0. But body
moving along a circular path, will have centripetal v2
Also tan θ =
mv 2 rg
acceleration, and so Fn = .
r 5. (b) Because of centre seeking, the direction of acceleration
2. (c) By bending, he gets required centripetal force. continuously changes.
3. (d) Centrifugal and gravitational force both play the role 6. (d) The direction of velocity vector changes and so it has
in separating the cream. centripetal acceleration.

Exercise 6.4
1. (d) v TAl
or v02 = − gl sin θ
m
(110 ) ( 0.75 )
= − ( 9.8 ) ( 0.75 ) ( sin 37° )
(1.2 )
= 64.34
or v0 = 8.02 m/s
10 m/s 5. (a) At the highest point,
v 2 = 102 – 2 g × 1 =80 mv 2
TB + mg sin θ =
l
mv 2
Now, tension, T = From energy conservation between position A and position B,
r
1 × 80 N
= = 80 N. T
2. (d) At the highest position 1
s
m

v 2 = 102 – 2 g × 2 =60 co
g
sin

g
v m 


mv 2 1 × 60
T = mg
−= − 1 ×=
10 50 N
r 1 T mg
mg
3. (c) v 2 = 102 – 2 g (1 + 1sin 30°) =70 120° K A + U A = K B + U B

mv 2 1 2 1
T = − mg cos 60° mv0 + 0 = mv 2 + 2mgl sin θ
r 2 2
1 × 70 1
= – 1 × 10 × or v2 = v02 − 4 gl sin θ
1 2
= 65 N. = ( 64.34 ) − 4 × ( 9.8 )( 0.75 )( sin 37° )
4. (b) If TA is the tension in the string at lowest point, then
= 46.7
mv 2
TA − mg sin θ = 0 or v = 6.83 m/s
l
 Circular Motion 317
6. (d) From eqn. (2),
Now vc2 = v 2A + 2 g × 1
B
v = 20 + 2 × 10
TB n
mg si eren
ce
\ vc = 40 m/s
v0 Ref l
2l TA leve mvc2 1 × 40
h = 2/sin

Tc = = = 40 N
A n At B; r 1
mg si
 vB2 = v 2A + 2 g × 2
mv 2 = 20 + 2 × 10 × 2
TB = − mg sin θ
l \ vB = 60 m/s.
1.2 × (6.83) 2
= − 1.2 × 9.8 × sin 37° mvB2
0.75 TB = mg +
r
= 67.56 N
1 × 60
7. A → s ; B → q ; C → q ; D → t = 1 × 10 + 70 N
=
At, t = 1s, v = 2t = 2 m/s. 1
v 2 22 9. A→s;B→r;C→p;D→q
= = 4 m/s 2
∴ a=
n
r 1 v2 dv
an = = 9t 2 ⇒ v = 12 t and = 12
dv d (2t ) 16 dt
a=
t = = 2m/s 2
dt dt dv 3
Tangential force m
=. = 16 6 N
dt 2
a = an2 + at2 =
Now 42 + 22 = 2 5 m/s 2
2 2
 mv 2  9
8. A → q ; B → p ; C → s ; D → r Total force = 62 +   = 62 +   =7.5 N .
 R  2
mv 2A  
At A; mg + T =
r
Power = FT .v = 6 × 3 16 = 72 watt.
1 × v 2A 72
or 1 × 10 + 10 = Average power = = 36 watt.
1 2
\ v A = 20 m/s

Exercise 6.5
τ mg ×  sin θ
1. (a)
=v
ds d 3
=
dt dt
t + 5 = 3t2 ( ) 3. (c) Torque working on the bob of mass m is,=
. (Direction parallel to plane of rotation of particle)
At t = 2s, v = 3(2)2 = 12 m/s
v 2 122 
a=
n = = 7.2 m/s2 l l
R 20

a=
dv d 3t
=
2
= 6t
( ) m mg

t As is perpendicular to L , direction of L changes
dt dt
but magnitude remains same.
= 6 × 2 = 12 m/s2 4. (a) C
N 
an2 + at2 = ( 7.2 )2 + 122 = 14 m/s2
N
∴=a

2. (d) y
mg
v
an N = mg cos a

and mN = mg sin a
x
∴ tan a = m
1
or
= α tan −1=
( µ ) tan −1= −1
  cot 3
→ 3
an =−an cos θiˆ − an sin θˆj
or 5. (c) If v is the required speed, then
2 2
v v 0 = v2 – 2g(2L),
  = − cos θiˆ − sin θˆj
R R
318 Mechanics

∴ v = 2 gL . r
T × = mr ω2
v/2 L
T 324 18
\ =
ω = = = 36 rad/s
(L – L cos ) mL 0.5 × 0.5 0.5

8. (d)
h
N
v v
mg sin 
By conservation of mechanical energy, we have 
mg cos mg
1 2 1  v 2
mv = m   + mg ( L – L cos θ) 
2 2 2
1 1 As the bead is moving in the circular path
m[(2 gL )2 ] = m( gL )2 + mgL(1 – cos θ) mv 2
2 2 ∴ mg cos θ − N =
R
1
∴ cos q = − or q = 120°
2 mv 2
∴
= N mg cos θ − ...(1)
R
mv 2
6. (a) N + mg =  1
R By energy conservation, mv 2 = mg [ R − R cos θ]
2
mv 2 2
∴ N = − mg . ∴ v = 2 g (1 − cos θ ) ..(2)
R R
As R is least in (a), so N is greatest in this case. From (1) and (2)
7. (d) Here, the horizontal component of tension provides = N mg cos θ − m [ 2 g − 2 g cos θ]
the necessary centripetal force.
\ T sin q = mrw2 ...(i) = N mg cos θ − 2mg + 2mg cos θ

r = N 3mg cos θ − 2mg

Also sin θ = ...(ii)
N mg ( 3cos θ − 2 )
L
L =
⇒
T
T cos 
Clearly N is positive (acts radially outwards) when

2
cos θ >
T sin
r
3
mg
2
Similarly, N acts radially inwards if cos θ <
From (i) and (ii) 3